1. 第一品显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamavaggo
1. 苦住经注显示巴利原文
1. Dukkhavihārasuttavaṇṇanā
28 在《二集》的第一品中,「以二」是对数量的限定,「以法」则标示所限定的法。「以二法」即指两种不善法,「具足」意为与之相应。「于现法」指就在此有身之中。「苦住」是说在四种威仪中,因烦恼之苦及身苦、心苦而住于苦。「有损恼」即既有心的恼害,也有身的恼害,故说有损恼。「有愁」即既有烦恼的愁,也有身体的疲倦,因强力劳累而有愁。「有热恼」即既有烦恼的热恼,也有身的热恼,故有热恼。「身坏」指舍弃所执取的诸蕴,「死后」指紧接着执取再生的诸蕴。又或者,「身坏」是命根断绝,「死后」是从死殁之后。「当可预期堕恶趣」意思是:应当预期其必定投生于称为恶趣的四种悲惨去处中的某一道,那是必然会发生的事。显示巴利原文
28. Dukanipātassa paṭhame dvīhīti gaṇanaparicchedo. Dhammehīti paricchinnadhammanidassanaṃ. Dvīhi dhammehīti dvīhi akusaladhammehi. Samannāgatoti yutto. Diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Dukkhaṃ viharatīti catūsupi iriyāpathesu kilesadukkhena ceva kāyikacetasikadukkhena ca dukkhaṃ viharati. Savighātanti cittūpaghātena ceva kāyūpaghātena ca savighātaṃ. Saupāyāsanti kilesūpāyāsena ceva sarīrakhedena ca balavaāyāsavasena saupāyāsaṃ. Sapariḷāhanti kilesapariḷāhena ceva kāyapariḷāhena ca sapariḷāhaṃ. Kāyassa bhedāti upādinnakkhandhapariccāgā. Paraṃ maraṇāti tadanantaraṃ abhinibbattakkhandhaggahaṇe. Atha vā kāyassa bhedāti jīvitindriyupacchedā. Paraṃ maraṇāti cutito uddhaṃ. Duggati pāṭikaṅkhāti duggatisaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ apāyānaṃ aññatarā gati icchitabbā, avassaṃbhāvinīti attho.
「不护诸根」即不关闭根门。那么,在何处不护诸根呢?答:“在诸根处。”这意指包括意在内的六根未加防护。由于在受取和受用食物时不知限量,故称为「于食不知量」。也有读作“由于不护诸根,而于食不知量”的。显示巴利原文
Aguttadvāroti apihitadvāro. Kattha pana aguttadvāroti āha ‘‘indriyesū’’ti. Tena manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ asaṃvaramāha. Paṭiggahaṇaparibhogavasena bhojane mattaṃ na jānātīti bhojane amattaññū. ‘‘Indriyesu aguttadvāratāya bhojane amattaññutāyā’’tipi paṭhanti.
那么,如何是“不护诸根”,又如何是“护诸根”呢?事实上,在眼根上并不存在真实的防护或不防护。因为依于眼净色,既不会生起正念,也不会生起失念。然而,当色所缘现于眼门时,有分心生灭两次后息灭,接着唯作意界执行转向作用,生起后灭去;随后眼识执行见的作用;之后异熟意界执行领受作用;接着异熟无因意识界执行推度作用;再后唯作无因意识界执行确定作用,生起后灭去;在此之后,速行心便生起。尽管如此,在有分的阶段,或在转向等任何阶段,都没有防护或不防护。然而,在速行的刹那,若生起了恶戒、失念、无智、不忍或懈怠,那便是不防护。虽然如此,它还是被称为“眼门的不防护”。为什么呢?因为当它存在时,门也不防护,有分以及转向等路心也都不防护。这像什么呢?犹如一座四门未闭的城,虽然城内的房屋、门房、内室等都关得很严,但城中的所有财物却得不到保护、无人看守,因为盗贼可从城门进去,随意拿走任何东西。同样地,当速行心中生起恶戒等时,由于有此不防护,门也不防护,有分以及转向等路心也都不防护。反之,若生起了戒、念、智、忍、精进,那就是护诸根。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ indriyesu aguttadvāratā, kathaṃ vā guttadvāratāti? Kiñcāpi hi cakkhundriye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā natthi. Na hi cakkhupasādaṃ nissāya sati vā muṭṭhassaccaṃ vā uppajjati. Apica yadā rūpārammaṇaṃ cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchati, tadā bhavaṅge dvikkhattuṃ uppajjitvā niruddhe kiriyāmanodhātu āvajjanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tato cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dassanakiccaṃ, tato vipākamanodhātu sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ, tato vipākāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu santīraṇakiccaṃ, tato kiriyāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu voṭṭhabbanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tadanantaraṃ javanaṃ javati. Tathāpi neva bhavaṅgasamaye, na āvajjanādīnaṃ aññatarasamaye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā atthi, javanakkhaṇe pana sace dussīlyaṃ vā muṭṭhassaccaṃ vā aññāṇaṃ vā akkhanti vā kosajjaṃ vā uppajjati, asaṃvaro hoti. Evaṃ hontopi so ‘‘cakkhudvāre asaṃvaro’’ti vuccati. Kasmā? Yasmā tasmiṃ sati dvārampi aguttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā nagare catūsu dvāresu asaṃvutesu kiñcāpi antogharadvārakoṭṭhakagabbhādayo susaṃvutā tathāpi antonagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ arakkhitaṃ agopitameva hoti. Nagaradvārehi pavisitvā corā yadicchanti, taṃ hareyyuṃ. Evameva javane dussīlyādīsu uppannesu tasmiṃ asaṃvare satidvārampi aguttaṃ hoti, bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Tasmiṃ pana asati javane sīlādīsu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā nagaradvāresu saṃvutesu kiñcāpi antogharadvārādayo asaṃvutā, tathāpi antonagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ surakkhitaṃ sugopitameva hoti. Nagaradvāresu hi pihitesu corānaṃ paveso natthi. Evameva javane sīlādīsu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti, bhavaṅgampi, āvajjanādīni vīthicittānipi. Tasmā javanakkhaṇe uppajjamānopi ‘‘cakkhudvāre saṃvaro’’ti vuccati. Sesadvāresupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ indriyesu aguttadvāratā, guttadvāratā ca veditabbā.
那么,如何是「于食不知量」,又如何是「知量」呢?若一个人成为多欲者,在接受资具时便不知限量。多欲之人犹如龟壳商人,手拿饰品,并将本应放在膝上的东西也置于膝上,在大众注视下高声叫卖:“来买这个!来买那个!”同样地,即使自己仅有微小的戒德、或多闻、或头陀行的功德,哪怕只是住在林野这样点滴之处,他也要在大众知晓的情况下,恭敬地将其展示出来。如此展示之后,即使有人用车运来资具,他也不会说“够了”便接受下来。因为有三样东西是永远无法填满的:火堆添薪填不满,大海注流填不满,多欲之人获得资具也填不满。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ pana bhojane amattaññū, kathaṃ vā mattaññūti ? Yo hi puggalo mahiccho hutvā paṭiggahaṇe mattaṃ na jānāti. Mahicchapuggalo hi yathā nāma kacchapuṭavāṇijo piḷandhanabhaṇḍakaṃ hatthena gahetvā ucchaṅgepi pakkhipitabbayuttakaṃ pakkhipitvā mahājanassa passantasseva ‘‘asukaṃ gaṇhatha, asukaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti mukhena ugghoseti, evameva appamattakampi attano sīlaṃ vā ganthaṃ vā dhutaṅgaguṇaṃ vā antamaso araññavāsamattakampi mahājanassa jānantasseva sambhāveti, sambhāvetvā ca pana sakaṭehipi upanīte paccaye ‘‘ala’’nti avatvā paṭiggaṇhāti. Tayo hi pūretuṃ na sakkā aggi upādānena, samuddo udakena, mahiccho paccayehīti –
火堆、大海与多欲之人,
即使给予众多资具,这三者也无法令其满足。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aggikkhandho samuddo ca, mahiccho cāpi puggalo; Bahuke paccaye dinne, tayopete na pūrayeti’’.
多欲之人,连亲生母亲的心都无法把握。这样的人不能令未生起的利养生起,已生起的利养也会失去。如此,他首先于接受便成为‘不知量者’。然而,有人对于如法、平等所得的食物,贪著、迷恋、沉溺,不见过患,不知出离,如同食手者、衣仅足者、住立回转者、乌鸦摩沙迦、食吐者、婆罗门等譬喻中的不知量者,不如理、不以方便地饱食满腹,填满腹部后,便耽著于卧乐、触乐、睡眠乐而住。这便称为‘于受用不知量者’。显示巴利原文
Mahicchapuggalo hi vijātamātuyāpi manaṃ gaṇhituṃ na sakkoti. Evarūpo hi anuppannaṃ lābhaṃ na uppādeti, uppannalābhato ca parihāyati. Evaṃ tāva paṭiggahaṇe amattaññū hoti. Yo pana dhammena samena laddhampi āhāraṃ gadhito mucchito ajjhopanno anādīnavadassāvī anissaraṇapañño āharahatthakaalaṃsāṭakatatthavaṭṭakakākamāsakabhuttavamitakabrāhmaṇānaṃ aññataro viya ayoniso anupāyena yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ paribhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati. Ayaṃ paribhoge amattaññū nāma.
若有人说:“应施之物虽多,施主却欲施少量,则依施主之意而取少;应施之物虽少,施主却欲施大量,则依应施之物而取少;应施之物既多,施主亦欲多施,则了知自身承受力而仅取适量。”这是就接受时知量而言。又依据“如理思择而受用食物,不为嬉戏,不为骄逸,不为装饰,不为庄严”等(《法集论》1355),以及“对所得团食不贪著、不迷恋、不沉溺,见过患,具出离慧而受用”等理趣,这是就省察后以思择慧受用食物,即受用时知量而言。由此,于食物上成为知量者,即名“于食知量”。应如此了知于食不知量与知量。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ‘‘yadipi deyyadhammo bahu hoti, dāyako appaṃ dātukāmo, dāyakassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammo appo, dāyako bahuṃ dātukāmo, deyyadhammassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammo bahu, dāyakopi bahuṃ dātukāmo, attano thāmaṃ ñatvā pamāṇayuttameva gaṇhātī’’ti evaṃ vuttassa paṭiggahaṇe pamāṇajānanassa ceva, ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti, neva davāya, na madāyā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1355) ‘‘laddhañca piṇḍapātaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhopanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatī’’ti ca ādinā nayena vuttassa paccavekkhitvā paṭisaṅkhānapaññāya jānitvā āhāraparibhuñjanasaṅkhātassa paribhoge pamāṇajānanassa ca vasena bhojane mattaññū hoti, ayaṃ bhojane mattaññū nāma. Evaṃ bhojane amattaññutā mattaññutā ca hotīti veditabbaṃ.
在偈颂中,关于“眼”等词:能看,故名眼,意为它品味颜色,或像指示平坦与不平坦一般。能听,故名为耳。能嗅,故名为鼻。生命的因由——食味称为命,它呼唤命,故名为舌。诸可厌物的来源,故名为身。能思量、能了别,故名为意。然而古代论师说:能测量,故名为意;如同用管子量度,或如用大秤称量那样了知所缘,这是其义。此处应先如此了知词义。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu pana cakkhuntiādīsu cakkhatīti cakkhu, rūpaṃ assādeti, samavisamaṃ ācikkhantaṃ viya hotīti vā attho. Suṇātīti sotaṃ. Ghāyatīti ghānaṃ. Jīvitanimittaṃ āhāraraso jīvitaṃ, taṃ avhāyatīti jivhā. Kucchitānaṃ āyoti kāyo. Manate vijānātīti mano. Porāṇā panāhu munātīti mano, nāḷiyā minamāno viya mahātulāya dhārayamāno viya ca ārammaṇaṃ vijānātīti attho. Evaṃ tāvettha padattho veditabbo.
从实质义上说,眼有两种:肉眼与慧眼。其中慧眼有五种:佛眼、普眼、智眼、天眼、法眼。此中,“诸比丘,我以佛眼观察世间而见”——此即佛眼。“普眼即是一切知智”——此即普眼。“眼生起了”——此即智眼。“诸比丘,我以清净、超人的天眼而见”——此即天眼。“远离尘垢的法眼生起了”——即指下三果所摄的法眼。显示巴利原文
Bhāvatthato pana duvidhaṃ cakkhu – maṃsacakkhu ca paññācakkhu ca. Tesu buddhacakkhu, samantacakkhu, ñāṇacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, dhammacakkhūti pañcavidhaṃ paññācakkhu. Tattha ‘‘addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (ma. ni. 1.283) idaṃ buddhacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Samantacakkhu vuccati sabbaññutaññāṇa’’nti (cūḷava. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 32) idaṃ samantacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Cakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 15) idaṃ ñāṇacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.284) idaṃ dibbacakkhu nāma. ‘‘Virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.395; mahāva. 16) idaṃ heṭṭhimamaggattayasaṅkhātaṃ dhammacakkhu nāma.
肉眼又分两种:具聚眼与净色眼。其中,那个位于眼窝之中,下以眼窝骨为界、上以眉骨为界、两侧以眼角为界、内以脑髓为界、外以睫毛为界的肉团,简略而言即是四界,以及由此生起的色、香、味、食素、形态、命根、俱生色、身净色、眼净色——这十四种组分。详细来说,四界及依止于它的色、香、味、食素、形态、生起——此十种,因四种生起之故成为四十种;命根、俱生色、身净色、眼净色这四种唯是业所生。如此,依此四十四色而有四十四组分。世人认取‘白色的、圆形的、肥大的、铺展的、宽广的眼’,其实并不认识真正的眼,而是认识了眼的基址。那个在眼窝中,由筋络与脑髓系缚的肉团,其中既有白、有黑、有红,也有地、水、火、风。因痰增盛而显白,胆汁增盛而显黑,血液增盛而显红,地增盛而变得僵硬,水增盛而流溢,火增盛而烧灼,风增盛而颤动——这称为具聚眼。而依止、附着于此中四大种而有的净色,则称为净色眼。此眼即作为眼识等的依处与门,相应地转起。显示巴利原文
Maṃsacakkhupi duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu, pasādacakkhūti. Tattha yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake patiṭṭhito heṭṭhā akkhikūpakaṭṭhikena, upari bhamukaṭṭhikena , ubhato akkhikūṭehi, anto matthaluṅgena, bahiddhā akkhilomehi paricchinno maṃsapiṇḍo, saṅkhepato catasso dhātuyo – vaṇṇo, gandho, raso, ojāsambhavo saṇṭhānaṃ jīvitaṃ bhāvo kāyapasādo cakkhupasādoti cuddasa sambhārā. Vitthārato catasso dhātuyo taṃnissitā vaṇṇagandharasaojāsaṇṭhānasambhavāti imāni dasa catusamuṭṭhānikattā cattālīsaṃ honti, jīvitaṃ bhāvo kāyapasādo cakkhupasādoti cattāri ekantakammasamuṭṭhānevāti imesaṃ catucattālīsāya rūpānaṃ vasena catucattālīsa sambhārā. Yaṃ loke ‘‘setaṃ vaṭṭaṃ puthulaṃ visaṭaṃ vipulaṃ cakkhū’’ti sañjānanto na cakkhuṃ sañjānāti, vatthuṃ cakkhuto sañjānāti, yo maṃsapiṇḍo akkhikūpake patiṭṭhito nhārusuttakena matthaluṅgena ābaddho, yattha setampi atthi kaṇhampi lohitakampi pathavīpi āpopi tejopi vāyopi. Yaṃ semhussadattā setaṃ, pittussadattā kaṇhaṃ, ruhirussadattā lohitakaṃ, pathavussadattā patthaddhaṃ, āpussadattā paggharati, tejussadattā pariḍayhati, vāyussadattā sambhamati, idaṃ sasambhāracakkhu nāma. Yo pana ettha sito ettha paṭibaddho catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya pasādo, idaṃ pasādacakkhu nāma. Idañhi cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvena pavattati.
对于耳等也是如此。耳分为天耳和肉耳两种。此中,‘以清净、超人的天耳界,能听闻两种声音’——这称为天耳。而肉耳又分为具聚耳和净色耳两种等,一切均可依照眼处所述的道理来理解。同样,鼻和舌也是如此。然而,身则有能动身、所生身、聚集身、净色身等多种。其中:显示巴利原文
Sotādīsupi sotaṃ dibbasotaṃ, maṃsasotanti duvidhaṃ. Ettha ‘‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇātī’’ti idaṃ dibbasotaṃ nāma. Maṃsasotaṃ pana sasambhārasotaṃ pasādasotanti duvidhantiādi sabbaṃ cakkhumhi vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, tathā ghānajivhā. Kāyo pana copanakāyo, karajakāyo, samūhakāyo, pasādakāyotiādinā bahuvidho. Tattha –
“智慧者防护于身,亦防护于语。”(《法句》234)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāyena saṃvutā dhīrā, atho vācāya saṃvutā’’ti. (dha. pa. 234) –
此处所谓“能动身”,是指能移动的身体。而“所生身”,即经中所说“从此身变化出另一个身体”的那个身体。至于“聚集身”,则以识等聚集而说为“身”,种类众多。例如,“贤友,有这六种识身”等处,说的便是识的聚集;“六触身”等处,所指的是触等的聚集。同样地,“身轻安、身轻快性”等,是指受蕴等的聚集。又如“于此,有人观地身为无常,观水身、火身、风身、发身、毛身为无常”这样的经文中,是指地等(四大与发毛等)的聚集。而“以身触到所触”这句,指的是“净色身”。此处所说的“身”,也应理解为净色身,因为它作为身识等的依处与门,相应地生起作用。至于“意”,虽然一切识都可称为意,但此处强调其作为“门”的体性,故应将其显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ copanakāyo nāma. ‘‘Imamhā kāyā aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimminātī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.236; paṭi. ma. 3.14) ayaṃ karajakāyo nāma. Samūhakāyo pana viññāṇādisamūhavasena anekavidho āgato. Tathā hi ‘‘cha ime, āvuso, viññāṇakāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.101) viññāṇasamūho vutto. ‘‘Cha phassakāyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.323; ma. ni. 1.98) phassādisamūho . Tathā ‘‘kāyapassaddhi kāyalahutā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 114) vedanākkhandhādayo. ‘‘Idhekacco pathavikāyaṃ aniccato anupassati, āpokāyaṃ tejokāyaṃ vāyokāyaṃ kesakāyaṃ lomakāya’’ntiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 3.35) pathavādisamūho. ‘‘Kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā’’ti (a. ni. 3.16) ayaṃ pasādakāyo. Idhāpi pasādakāyo veditabbo. So hi kāyaviññāṇādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvena pavattati. Manoti pana kiñcāpi sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuccati, tathāpi dvārabhāvassa idhādhippetattā dvārabhūtaṃ sāvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ veditabbaṃ.
“这些门于某些比丘未得防护”:是指这位比丘,以意门为首的六门,由于舍弃正念、陷入放逸,因而未被正念的门扇关闭。至于“于食物……得到”一段,意思是:这位比丘,如前所述,于食物不知量,于诸根不防护。如是,于现法,他会因疾病等而遭受身苦;于后世,则会因堕入恶趣而遭受身苦;此外,又因贪等烦恼的炽燃及欲求不得满足而遭受心苦。总而言之,他于一切处唯得苦受。正因如此,此人在现世与来世,皆被这两种苦火所烧:身被烧,心亦被烧。无论昼夜,像这样的补特伽罗,恒时唯住于苦,毫无乐住可言,更遑论超越轮转之苦了。显示巴利原文
Etāni yassa dvārāni aguttāni ca bhikkhunoti yassa bhikkhuno etāni manacchaṭṭhāni dvārāni sativossaggena pamādaṃ āpannattā satikavāṭena apihitāni. Bhojanamhi…pe… adhigacchatīti so bhikkhu vuttanayena bhojane amattaññū indriyesu ca saṃvararahito diṭṭhadhammikañca rogādivasena, samparāyikañca duggatipariyāpannaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ rāgādikilesasantāpavasena, icchāvighātavasena ca cetodukkhanti sabbathāpi dukkhameva adhigacchati pāpuṇāti. Yasmā cetadevaṃ, tasmā duvidhenapi dukkhagginā idhaloke ca paraloke ca ḍayhamānena kāyena ḍayhamānena cetasā divā vā yadi vā rattiṃ niccakālameva tādiso puggalo dukkhameva viharati, na tassa sukhavihārassa sambhavo, vaṭṭadukkhānatikkame pana vattabbameva natthīti.
第二 乐住经的注释。显示巴利原文
2. Sukhavihārasuttavaṇṇanā
29 29. 对于第二经,应依照前文所说的相反道理来理解其义。显示巴利原文
29. Dutiye vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.
3. 热恼经的注释。显示巴利原文
3. Tapanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
30 第三经中,“热恼的”:因能于今生来世烧灼、逼迫、折磨,故称热恼的。或者,“热恼”本身就是苦;这些法在现法与来世中能生起并助长此苦,故为不利,因此称为热恼的。又或,热恼是指由此法所引生的追悔、懊恼,因这些法是其因,故亦名热恼的。
“未作善者”:善(kalyāṇa)即福德、吉祥,因他未曾造作,故称未作善者。其余两句是其同义词。之所以称为福、善,是因它能确保来生幸福,具“吉祥”之义,故名善;又因能断除低劣、动摇等,故名善;复因能庇护畏苦、畏轮回者,故称“畏怖者的庇护”。
“已作恶者”:因他已造作、积累恶,故称已作恶者。其余两句亦是其同义词。不善业因其低劣,故名恶;又因其生起与串习时,显示巴利原文
30. Tatiye tapanīyāti idha ceva samparāye ca tapanti vibādhenti viheṭhentīti tapanīyā. Tapanaṃ vā dukkhaṃ diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāye ca tassa uppādanena ceva anubalappadānena ca hitāti tapanīyā. Atha vā tapanti tenāti tapanaṃ, pacchānutāpo, vippaṭisāroti attho, tassa hetubhāvato hitāti tapanīyā. Akatakalyāṇoti akataṃ kalyāṇaṃ bhaddakaṃ puññaṃ etenāti akatakalyāṇo. Sesapadadvayaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Puññañhi pavattihitatāya āyatiṃsukhatāya ca bhaddakaṭṭhena kalyāṇanti ca kucchitasalanādiatthena kusalanti ca dukkhabhīrūnaṃ saṃsārabhīrūnañca rakkhanaṭṭhena bhīruttāṇanti ca vuccati. Katapāpoti kataṃ upacitaṃ pāpaṃ etenāti katapāpo. Sesapadadvayaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Akusalakammañhi lāmakaṭṭhena pāpanti ca attano pavattikkhaṇe vipākakkhaṇe ca ghorasabhāvatāya luddanti ca kilesehi dūsitabhāvena kibbisanti ca vuccati. Iti bhagavā ‘‘dve dhammā tapanīyā’’ti dhammādhiṭṭhānena uddisitvā akataṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ katañca akusalaṃ dhammaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānena niddisi. Idāni tesaṃ tapanīyabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘so akataṃ me kalyāṇantipi tappati, kataṃ me pāpantipi tappatī’’ti āha. Cittasantāsena tappati anutappati anusocatīti attho.
偈颂中,“恶行”:因行邪恶,或因烦恼所败而作恶,故称恶行。以身而造,或从身所起的恶行,名为“身恶行”。语恶行、意恶行也应如此理解。此处所指的身恶行等,是已构成业道的行为。至于那些尚未达到业道的不善行,则表述为“及其他与过失共存者”。其义为:那些未达业道,因而不能以“身业”等正式称谓的不善行为,与贪等烦恼相交杂、与过失共存,造作这些也属作业。“地狱”:因无有快乐,或无有滋味,故名地狱,泛指一切恶趣;或者说,地狱之苦排除了一切名为“铁”的快乐,遍存于诸善恶趣中。造作此业的补特伽罗便会投生其中。应如是理解此处之义。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu duṭṭhu caritaṃ, kilesapūtikattā vā duṭṭhaṃ caritanti duccaritaṃ. Kāyena duccaritaṃ, kāyato vā pavattaṃ duccaritaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ. Evaṃ vacīmanoduccaritānipi daṭṭhabbāni. Imāni ca kāyaduccaritādīni kammapathappattāni adhippetānīti yaṃ na kammapathappattaṃ akusalajātaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘yañcaññaṃ dosasañhita’’nti. Tassattho – yampi ca aññaṃ kammapathabhāvaṃ appattattā nippariyāyena kāyakammādisaṅkhaṃ na labhati, rāgādikilesasaṃsaṭṭhattā dosasahitaṃ akusalaṃ tampi katvāti attho. Nirayanti niratiatthena nirassādaṭṭhena vā nirayanti laddhanāmaṃ sabbampi duggatiṃ, ayasaṅkhātasukhappaṭikkhepena vā sabbattha sugatiduggatīsu nirayadukkhaṃ. So tādiso puggalo upagacchatīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
于此,为说明身恶行的热恼性,应讲述南陀药叉、南陀青年、南陀屠牛者以及两兄弟的故事。据说,他们宰杀了一头母牛,将肉分成两份。随后弟弟对哥哥说:“我孩子多,把这些内脏给我吧。”哥哥便说:“所有肉都已平分,你还贪图什么?”说着便殴打弟弟,致其丧命。他回身见弟弟已死,心想:“我真的犯下大错了,竟无缘无故杀了他。”心中生起强烈的懊悔。此后,无论站立还是坐下,他总是不断回想那件恶业,心中得不到一丝快乐,所饮、所食、所嚼的养分也无法滋养身体,结果瘦得只剩皮包骨。后来有位长老问他:“在家信众,你如此极度消瘦,仅剩皮包骨,是得了什么病,还是造了什么令自己热恼的业?”他回答:“是的,尊者。”并将一切告诉长老。长老便对他说:“在家信众,你造了极重的业,于无过失处犯下过失。”他因此业而命终,投生地狱。为说明语恶行的热恼性,应讲述善觉、释迦、咖利咖、旃遮摩纳等人的故事;为说明意恶行的热恼性,应讲述乌卡拉、胜、巴旃等人的故事。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca kāyaduccaritassa tapanīyabhāve nando yakkho nando māṇavako nando goghātako dve bhātikāti etesaṃ vatthūni kathetabbāni. Te kira gāviṃ vadhitvā maṃsaṃ dve koṭṭhāse akaṃsu. Tato kaniṭṭho jeṭṭhaṃ āha – ‘‘mayhaṃ dārakā bahū, imāni me antāni dehī’’ti. Atha naṃ jeṭṭho – ‘‘sabbaṃ maṃsaṃ dvedhā vibhattaṃ, puna kimaggahesī’’ti paharitvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpesi. Nivattitvā ca naṃ olokento mataṃ disvā ‘‘bhāriyaṃ vata mayā kataṃ, svāhaṃ akāraṇeneva naṃ māresi’’nti cittaṃ uppādesi. Athassa balavavippaṭisāro uppajji. So ṭhitaṭṭhānepi nisinnaṭṭhānepi tadeva kammaṃ āvajjeti, cittassādaṃ na labhati, asitapītakhāyitampissa sarīre ojaṃ na pharati, aṭṭhicammamattameva ahosi. Atha naṃ eko thero pucchi ‘‘upāsaka, tvaṃ ativiya kiso aṭṭhicammamatto jāto, kīdiso te rogo, udāhu atthi kiñci tapanīyaṃ kammaṃ kata’’nti? So ‘‘āma, bhante’’ti sabbaṃ ārocesi. Athassa so ‘‘bhāriyaṃ te, upāsaka, kammaṃ kataṃ, anaparādhaṭṭhāne aparaddha’’nti āha. So teneva kammunā kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbatti. Vacīduccaritassa pana suppabuddhasakkakokālikaciñcamāṇavikādīnaṃ vatthūni kathetabbāni, manoduccaritassa ukkalajayabhaññādīnaṃ.
4. 非热恼经注释显示巴利原文
4. Atapanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
31 第四经的含义,应依与第三经所述相反的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
31. Catutthe tatiye vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.
5. 第一戒经释显示巴利原文
5. Paṭhamasīlasuttavaṇṇanā
32 第五经中,“以恶戒”:他们说,所谓恶戒,即是毁戒、不防护。在此,若不防护即是无戒,因其为恶戒的状态,为何还称之为戒呢?对此可作如是解:如世间将未曾见者说为“见”,将无戒者称为“有戒者”,同样,此处也将无戒与不防护假名为“戒”。或如“木匠,何等为不善戒?即不善身业、不善语业、邪命”(《中部》2.264)所言,不善法中亦有以“戒”称之者,因此,凡由反复串习而成的一切行为习惯,即如同自然生起一般,皆被称为“戒”。其中,由不善巧所生者为不善,即低劣之义,对此而说“以恶戒”。而“以恶见”:一切邪见皆是恶,而其中无因见、无作见、无有见此三种见尤为恶劣。具足恶戒者,是加行上之败坏;具足恶见者,是意乐上之败坏。如是加行与意乐俱败坏者,必将堕入地狱。因此说:“比丘们,具足此二法者,犹如被搬来弃置此处一般,如是堕入地狱。”此处,“具足二法”应理解为一种特征的表述,而非教法的分类解说。犹如世间说:“这些病者,应施与此药。”于其余相似之处,亦复如是。显示巴利原文
32. Pañcame pāpakena ca sīlenāti pāpakaṃ nāma sīlaṃ sīlabhedakaro asaṃvaroti vadanti. Tattha yadi asaṃvaro asīlameva taṃdussīlyabhāvato, kathaṃ sīlanti vuccati? Tatthāyaṃ adhippāyo siyā – yathā nāma loke adiṭṭhaṃ ‘‘diṭṭha’’nti vuccati, asīlavā ‘‘sīlavā’’ti, evamidhāpi asīlampi asaṃvaropi ‘‘sīla’’nti voharīyati. Atha vā ‘‘katame ca, thapati, akusalā sīlā? Akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ, akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ, pāpako ājīvo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.264) vacanato akusaladhammesupi attheva sīlasamaññā, tasmā paricayavasena sabhāvasiddhi viya pakatibhūto sabbo samācāro ‘‘sīla’’nti vuccati. Tattha yaṃ akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusalaṃ lāmakaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘pāpakena ca sīlenā’’ti. Pāpikāya ca diṭṭhiyāti sabbāpi micchādiṭṭhiyo pāpikāva. Visesato pana ahetukadiṭṭhi, akiriyadiṭṭhi, natthikadiṭṭhīti imā tividhā diṭṭhiyo pāpikatarā. Tattha pāpakena sīlena samannāgato puggalo payogavipanno hoti, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato āsayavipanno hoti, evaṃ payogāsayavipanno puggalo nirayūpago hotiyeva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ niraye’’ti. Ettha ca ‘‘dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato’’ti idaṃ lakkhaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na tantiniddeso. Yathā taṃ loke ‘‘yadime byādhitā siyuṃ, imesaṃ idaṃ bhesajjaṃ dātabba’’nti. Aññesupi īdisesu ṭhānesu eseva nayo. Duppaññoti nippañño.
第六经《第二戒经》的注释显示巴利原文
6. Dutiyasīlasuttavaṇṇanā
33 第六经中,“以善戒”:指以身善行等四种遍净戒。因此戒具足不破缺等戒德,其自身即是善妙,且能带来止观等善德,故被称为“善戒”。“以善见”:指业自性智及业道正见。其中,具足善戒者于加行上圆满,具足善见者于内心意乐上圆满。如是加行与意乐俱圆满者,将往生天界。因此说:“比丘们,具足此二法者,犹如被带来并安置此处一般,如是往生天界。”“有慧”:即具有智慧之人。其余之义,容易理解。显示巴利原文
33. Chaṭṭhe bhaddakena ca sīlenāti kāyasucaritādicatupārisuddhisīlena. Tañhi akhaṇḍādisīlabhāvena sayañca kalyāṇaṃ, samathavipassanādikalyāṇaguṇāvahaṃ cāti ‘‘bhaddaka’’nti vuccati. Bhaddikāya ca diṭṭhiyāti kammassakatāñāṇena ceva kammapathasammādiṭṭhiyā ca. Tattha bhaddakena sīlena payogasampanno hoti, bhaddikāya diṭṭhiyā āsayasampanno. Iti payogāsayasampanno puggalo saggūpago hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘imehi, kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ sagge’’ti. Sappaññoti paññavā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
第七经《精勤者经》的注释显示巴利原文
7. Ātāpīsuttavaṇṇanā
34 第七经中,“不精勤”:以烧尽烦恼为义,“热勤”即精进。具精进者,称“精勤者”;无精进者,即“不精勤者”,乃缺正勤的懈怠者。“愧”指对恶行的畏惧。有愧者,称“有愧者”;无愧者,即“无愧者”,亦即无惭愧者。又或,与精勤相反者,即“不精勤”,即懈怠,具懈怠者称“不精勤者”。另如所说:“于当愧之事而不愧,于造作诸恶不善法而不愧”(《法集论》31),此为无惭无愧,即是无愧。具此无愧者,即“无愧者”。应如此了知义趣。显示巴利原文
34. Sattame anātāpīti kilesānaṃ ātāpanaṭṭhena ātāpo, vīriyaṃ, so etassa atthīti ātāpī, na ātāpī anātāpī, sammappadhānavirahito kusītoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ottāpo vuccati pāputrāso, so etassa atthīti ottāpī, na ottāpī anottāpī, ottāparahito. Atha vā ātāpappaṭipakkho anātāpo, kosajjaṃ so assa atthīti anātāpī. Yaṃ ‘‘na ottapati ottappitabbena, na ottapati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ anottappaṃ anottāpo. So assa atthīti anottāpīti evamettha attho veditabbo.
“不能”:指不相应,非器。“为了正觉”:为证圣道。“为了涅槃”:为烦恼的究竟止灭,即不死之大涅槃。“为了无上安稳”:指阿拉汉果。彼无有更上,故名无上;由四种轭所不逼,故安稳无畏,称为安稳。“为了证得”:为获得。“精勤者”:具精进者。彼如经文所说:“为断不善法、成就善法,住于已策励之精进,有力,坚毅努力,于善法不放下重担”(《长部》3.345),如是具足精进策励,能究竟烧尽烦恼,故名“精勤者”。“有愧者”:如说:“于应愧事知愧,于造作诸恶不善法知愧”(《法集论》31),具足此愧,故有羞愧习性,称为“有愧者”。此中所说即是有愧者。其与惭不相离,亦具足惭,故具足惭愧,于微细罪亦见怖畏,于诸戒圆满行持,由此显示戒成就。通过“精勤者”等语,说明了烧尽烦恼,指示致力于止观修习。又,依所说,精进不可能离信、念、定、慧,故促使解脱成熟之信等五根,义亦由此而说。显示巴利原文
Abhabboti anaraho. Sambodhāyāti ariyamaggatthāya. Nibbānāyāti kilesānaṃ accantavūpasamāya amatamahānibbānāya. Anuttarassa yogakkhemassāti arahattaphalassa. Tañhi uttaritarassa abhāvato anuttaraṃ, catūhi yogehi anupaddutattā khemaṃ nibbhayanti yogakkhemanti ca vuccati. Adhigamāyāti pattiyā. Ātāpīti vīriyavā. So hi ‘‘āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesū’’ti (dī. ni. 3.345) evaṃ vuttena vīriyārambhena samannāgato kilesānaṃ accantameva ātāpanasīloti ātāpī. Ottāpīti ‘‘yaṃ ottapati ottappitabbena, ottapati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā’’ti (dha. sa. 31) evaṃ vuttena ottappena samannāgatattā ottapanasīloti ottappī. Ayañhi ottāpīti vutto. Tadavinābhāvato hiriyā ca samannāgato eva hotīti hirottappasampanno aṇumattepi vajje bhayadassāvī sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti. Iccassa sīlasampadā dassitā. Ātāpīti iminā nayenassa kilesaparitāpitādīpanena samathavipassanābhāvanānuyuttatā dassitā. Yathāvuttañca vīriyaṃ saddhāsatisamādhipaññāhi vinā na hotīti vimuttiparipācakāni saddhāpañcamāni indriyāni atthato vuttāneva honti. Tesu ca siddhesu anicce aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññāti cha nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā siddhā evāti. Evaṃ imehi dvīhi dhammehi samannāgatassa lokiyānaṃ sīlasamādhipaññānaṃ sijjhanato maggaphalanibbānādhigamassa bhabbataṃ dassento ‘‘ātāpī ca kho…pe… adhigamāyā’’ti āha.
偈颂中,“懈怠者”:因常行邪寻思,与欲寻、恚寻、害寻等卑劣不善法相联结,故意为“与卑劣联结”,故称懈怠者。或谓从正行道沉没退堕,转变da音为ta音而作解释,故称懈怠者。“少精进”:即无精进,于行、住、坐、卧四威仪皆无精进努力。以无策励、不堪任为体之心迟钝(昏沉),及以无能、破坏为体之身迟钝(睡眠),因常生起,故谓多昏沉睡眠。因厌离恶行之惭不存,而有相反之无愧,故为“无愧者”。由于无惭、无愧及精进,于正行道无所尊重,故称“不尊重者”。于法与人两方面,均以两种方式现为不尊重。“触证”:即触及、达到。能证得名为正觉之最上阿拉汉果,于此而言无此能力,故说不能。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu kusītoti micchāvitakkabahulatāya kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāvitakkasaṅkhātehi kucchitehi pāpadhammehi sito sambandho yuttoti kusīto. Kucchitaṃ vā sīdati sammāpaṭipattito avasīdatīti kusīto, da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Hīnavīriyoti nibbīriyo, catūsupi iriyāpathesu vīriyakaraṇarahito. Anussāhasaṃhananasabhāvassa cittālasiyassa thinassa, asattivighātasabhāvassa kāyālasiyassa middhassa ca abhiṇhappavattiyā thinamiddhabahulo. Pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇāya hiriyā abhāvena tappaṭipakkhena ahirikena samannāgatattā ca ahiriko. Hirottappavīriyānaṃ abhāveneva sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ natthi etassa ādaroti anādaro. Ubhayathāpi tathā dhammapuggalena duvidhakiriyākaraṇena anādaro. Phuṭṭhunti phusituṃ. Sambodhimuttamanti sambodhisaṅkhātaṃ uttamaṃ arahattaṃ adhigantuṃ abhabboti attho.
「具念」:具足能忆念久远所说、久远所作的念善巧状态,并与四念住相应,故称具念。「贤善」:具足名为七处善的正知,以及名为守护业处的智慧,故称贤善。「禅修者」:指通过所缘审察禅那与相审察禅那这两种禅那而修禅的人。「不放逸」:按照“日夜精勤经行宴坐,从障碍法中净化其心”等方法,在业处的修习中精勤而不放逸。「断除生与老的结缚」:生与老能结缚众生,故称“结”,指以欲贪等为首的十种烦恼。通过根除随眠,从根本断除。或者解释为:“断除生与老的结缚”即断除了生与老的结缚。因为,若一个人的诸结未被断除,他的生与老便无法根除;若诸结已被断除,则生与老也随之断除,由于原因已被根除。因此,正在断除诸结的人,即是在断除生与老,故说“断除生与老的结缚”。「于此即触证无上正觉」:就在此有身之中,触证、达到最上道或阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Satimāti cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ anussaraṇe samatthassa satinepakkassa bhāvena catusatipaṭṭhānayogena satimā. Nipakoti sattaṭṭhāniyasampajaññasaṅkhātena ceva kammaṭṭhānapariharaṇapaññāsaṅkhātena ca nepakkena samannāgatattā nipako. Jhāyīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānena lakkhaṇūpanijjhānena cāti dvīhipi jhānehi jhāyī. Appamattoti ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇiyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’tiādinā nayena kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāya appamatto. Saṃyojanaṃ jātijarāya chetvāti jātiyā ceva jarāya ca satte saṃyojetīti saṃyojananti laddhanāmaṃ kāmarāgādikaṃ dasavidhampi kilesajātaṃ anusayasamugghātavasena mūlato chinditvā. Atha vā saṃyojanaṃ jātijarāya chetvāti jātijarāya saṃyojanaṃ chinditvā. Yassa hi saṃyojanāni acchinnāni, tassa jātijarāya acchedo asamugghātova. Yassa pana tāni chinnāni, tassa jātijarāpi chinnāva kāraṇassa samugghātitattā. Tasmā saṃyojanaṃ chindanto eva jātijarāpi chindati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘saṃyojanaṃ jātijarāya chetvā’’ti. Idheva sambodhimanuttaraṃ phuseti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve aggamaggaṃ arahattaṃ vā phuse pāpuṇeyya.
8. 第一诈现经释义显示巴利原文
8. Paṭhamanakuhanasuttavaṇṇanā
35 第八句中的 nayidaṃ(非此):这里 na(非)是否定词,与 vussati(住)相关联,y 是连音用的插入音。idaṃ 一词,在诸如“ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle”(一时,诸比丘,我住在郁伽屈村的善吉祥林沙喇王树下)等句中,只作小品词使用。而在“Idaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakaṃ oramattakaṃ sīlamattakaṃ”(诸比丘,这不过是微末、浅近、仅属戒律而已)等句中,如前所述,它指现前可见的事物。在此处,也应视为指即将开示的现前可见之义。显示巴利原文
35. Aṭṭhame nayidanti ettha naiti paṭisedhe nipāto, tassa ‘‘vussatī’’ti iminā sambandho, yakāro padasandhikaro. Idaṃ-saddo ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.501) nipātamattaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakaṃ oramattakaṃ sīlamattaka’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.27) yathāvutte āsannapaccakkhe āgato.
这就是那祇园林,圣者僧团所依止之处;
法王所居之处,令我生起喜悦。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idañhi taṃ jetavanaṃ, isisaṅghanisevitaṃ; Āvutthaṃ dhammarājena, pītisañjananaṃ mamā’’ti. –
在《相应部》等(Saṃ. Ni. 1.48)将说到的部分,亦指近前现见;在此处将说到的内容,同样应视为近前现见。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.48) vakkhamāne āsannapaccakkhe. Idhāpi vakkhamāneyeva āsannapaccakkhe daṭṭhabbo.
“梵行”一词——显示巴利原文
Brahmacariya-saddo –
你成就了神通、光辉、力量与精进,
这是你那龙象的殊胜宫殿。
我与妻子,以往在人世间,
我俩俱具信心,同为施主;
那时,我家犹如一口公共水井,
沙门与婆罗门皆得饱足。
那是我的誓愿,那便是我的梵行,
此是彼善行之果报;
神通、光辉、力量与精进之成就,
明智者啊,此乃我之大宫殿。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Kissa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhī jutī balavīriyūpapatti, Idañca te nāga mahāvimānaṃ. ‘‘Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, Saddhā ubho dānapatī ahumhā; Opānabhūtaṃ me gharaṃ tadāsi, Santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca. ‘‘Taṃ me vataṃ taṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Tassa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhī jutī balavīriyūpapatti, Idañca me dhīra mahāvimāna’’nti. (jā. 2.22.1592-1593, 1595) –
此《富楼那本生》中,提到了布施。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ puṇṇakajātake dāne āgato.
哪只手能施与所欲,哪只手能流淌蜜汁;
你以何等梵行,令福德于手中成就?
正是这手,能施所欲之物;正是这手,能流蜜汁;
以此梵行,我的福德于手中成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kena pāṇi kāmadado, kena pāṇi madhussavo; Kena te brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhati. ‘‘Tena pāṇi kāmadado, tena pāṇi madhussavo; Tena me brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhatī’’ti. (pe. va. 275, 277) –
在《嫩芽饿鬼事》中,「梵行」意为服务。在《鹧鸪本生》中,“比丘们,这就是所谓的鹧鸪梵行”(《小部》311)这一句中的「梵行」则指五学处戒。在《大典尊经》中,“五髻,那种梵行非为厌离、非为离贪……乃至……仅为往生梵天界”(《长部》2.329)这一句中,「梵行」指梵住。在《损减经》中,“他人将行非梵行,而我们在此将行梵行”(《中部》1.83)这一句中,「梵行」指远离淫欲。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ aṅkurapetavatthusmiṃ veyyāvacce. ‘‘Idaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, tittiriyaṃ nāma brahmacariyaṃ ahosī’’ti (cūḷava. 311) imasmiṃ tittirajātake pañcasikkhāpadasīle. ‘‘Taṃ kho pana, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ neva nibbidāya na virāgāya…pe… yāvadeva brahmalokūpapattiyā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.329) imasmiṃ mahāgovindasutte brahmavihāre. ‘‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārino bhavissāmā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.83) sallekhasutte methunaviratiyaṃ.
我们不逾越妻子,
妻子们也不逾越我们;
除与妻子们外,我们修持梵行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mayañca bhariyā nātikkamāma, Amhe ca bhariyā nātikkamanti; Aññatra tāhi brahmacariyaṃ carāma, Tasmā hi amhaṃ daharā na mīyare’’ti. (jā. 1.10.97) –
在《大法护本生》中,“梵行”指满足于自己的妻子。在《毛发竖立经》中,“舍利弗,我确能记知,我曾修习四支具足的梵行——我曾是苦行者”(《中部》1.155)此句所说,“梵行”指精进。显示巴利原文
Mahādhammapālajātake sadārasantose. ‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritā – tapassī sudaṃ homī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.155) lomahaṃsasutte vīriye.
以低劣的梵行,会受生于刹帝利家中;
以中等梵行生于天界,以最上梵行而得清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati; Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti. (jā. 1.8.75) –
在《尼弥本生》中,为调伏自身而持守八支布萨。‘五髻,此梵行唯一导向厌离、离贪……这即是圣八支道’(《长部》2.329)——这是《大典尊经》中对圣道的阐述。‘此梵行已成就、繁荣、广布、众人皆知、广泛流传,乃至为天与人所善巧宣说’(《长部》3.174)——这是《清净经》中对涵盖三学的全部教法的阐述。在此处,同样是指圣道与教法。显示巴利原文
Nimijātake attadamanavasena kate aṭṭhaṅgikauposathe. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya…pe… ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.329) mahāgovindasutteyeva ariyamagge. ‘‘Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti (dī. ni. 3.174) pāsādikasutte sikkhattayasaṅgahe sakalasmiṃ sāsane. Idhāpi ariyamagge sāsane ca vattati.
‘Vussatī’意为‘被安住’,即‘被修行’。‘为了欺骗众人’:指为令世间众生感到惊奇,如说:‘这位尊者具足戒律、威仪圆满、少欲知足、有大神通、大威力。’‘为了引诱众人说话’:指为令人们以净信心说出‘供养这样的尊者将得大果报’,并回应‘您需要什么?我为您拿来什么?’,从而让人开口说话。‘为了利养、恭敬、名声的利益’:此即由持戒的利益而来,如经中说:‘诸比丘,若比丘希望获得衣服、团食、坐卧具、病缘药资具,他应圆满持戒。’(《中部》1.65)此中包括四种资具的获得;此外,对四种资具的恭敬尊重、敬重推崇构成‘恭敬’;以及由于‘具足戒律、多闻、持法、精进努力’等功德而流传的赞誉声名——这些是修行梵行者所获得的现法利益,为此目的而作。‘希望人们这样知道我’:即住于梵行时,‘希望人们这样了解我、尊重我:“此人有戒、有善法”’,即使是为了通过自己真实具有的功德而获得尊重,也不为此而修习梵行。——应如此连接。显示巴利原文
Vussatīti vasīyati, carīyatīti attho. Janakuhanatthanti ‘‘aho ayyo sīlavā vattasampanno appiccho santuṭṭho mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’tiādinā janassa sattalokassa vimhāpanatthaṃ. Janalapanatthanti ‘‘evarūpassa nāma ayyassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti pasannacittehi ‘‘kenattho, kiṃ āharīyatū’’ti manussehi vadāpanatthaṃ. Lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsatthanti yvāyaṃ ‘‘ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘lābhī assaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’nti, sīle-svevassa paripūrakārī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.65) sīlānisaṃsabhāvena vutto catupaccayalābho, yo ca catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ sakkaccadānasaṅkhāto ādarabahumānagarukaraṇasaṅkhāto ca sakkāro, yo ca ‘‘sīlasampanno bahussuto sutadharo āraddhavīriyo’’tiādinā nayena uggatathutighosasaṅkhāto siloko brahmacariyaṃ carantānaṃ diṭṭhadhammiko ānisaṃso, tadatthaṃ. Iti maṃ jano jānātūti ‘‘evaṃ brahmacariyavāse sati ‘ayaṃ sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo’tiādinā maṃ jano jānātu sambhāvetū’’ti attano santaguṇavasena sambhāvanatthampi na idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti sambandho.
然而,有些人这样解释:“为了欺骗众人”——这是指具足恶欲、被欲望所征服者,以傍说、威仪和受用资具这三种欺诈事,怀着欺骗的心理,令众人感到惊异。“为了引诱众人说话”——同样是具足恶欲者,借由托事暗示等语,怀着引诱或谄媚的心理,为了令众人开口说话。“为了利养、恭敬、名声的利益”——同样是具足恶欲者,重视利养等,为了产生所谓利养、恭敬、名声的利益果报。“希望人们这样知道我”——同样是具足恶欲者,怀有让人们尊崇其本不具足的功德的意图,希望‘人们这样知道我’,他们并非为了修习此梵行。然而,前一种含义才是更真实的。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘janakuhanatthanti pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa sato sāmantajappanairiyāpathanissitapaccayapaṭisevanasaṅkhātena tividhena kuhanavatthunā kuhanabhāvena janassa vimhāpanatthaṃ. Janalapanatthanti pāpicchasseva sato paccayatthaṃ parikathobhāsādivasena lapanabhāvena upalāpanabhāvena vā janassa lapanatthaṃ. Lābhasakkārasilokānisaṃsatthanti pāpicchasseva sato lābhādigarutāya lābhasakkārasilokasaṅkhātassa ānisaṃsaudayassa nipphādanatthaṃ. Iti maṃ jano jānātūti pāpicchasseva sato asantaguṇasambhāvanādhippāyena ‘iti evaṃ maṃ jano jānātū’ti na idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti evamettha atthaṃ vadanti. Purimoyeva pana attho sārataro.
在“Atha kho”此语中,“atha”是表示“另外”的不变词,“kho”是表示决定的不变词。以此显示:“然而,比丘们,此梵行正是为了除欺骗等之外的其他目的而修。”现在,为了说明其目的,而说“正是为了防护与断除”。在这里,有五种防护:巴帝摩卡律仪防护、念防护、智防护、忍防护、精进防护。显示巴利原文
Atha khoti ettha athāti aññadatthe nipāto, khoti avadhāraṇe. Tena kuhanādito aññadatthāyeva pana idaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti dasseti. Idāni taṃ payojanaṃ dassento ‘‘saṃvaratthañceva pahānatthañcā’’ti āha. Tattha pañcavidho saṃvaro – pātimokkhasaṃvaro, satisaṃvaro, ñāṇasaṃvaro, khantisaṃvaro, vīriyasaṃvaroti.
其中,以“以此巴帝摩卡律仪防护而具备、完全具备”(《分别论》511)等教导中所提到的,称为巴帝摩卡律仪防护,也称为戒防护。以“守护眼根,于眼根防护而住”(《长部》1.213;《中部》1.295;《相应部》4.239;《增支部》3.16)中所提到的,称为念防护。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto’’ti (vibha. 511) hi ādinā nayena āgato ayaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaro nāma, yo sīlasaṃvaroti ca pavuccati. ‘‘Rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.213; ma. ni. 1.295; saṃ. ni. 4.239; a. ni. 3.16) āgato ayaṃ satisaṃvaro.
‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ (ajitāti bhagavā), Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, Paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti. (su. ni. 1041) –
这里,有五种防护:「智防护」即是智本身。「忍防护」依“能忍耐寒暑……”(中部1.24;增支部4.114;6.58)等方式而说。「精进防护」依“不让已生起的欲寻持续……”(中部1.26;增支部4.114;6.58)等方式而说。再从义理上说,以断除杀生等、履行应尽义务及遵守避除等方式而生起的思与离,即是「戒防护」。简而言之,一切身、语的调伏即是戒防护;详言之,完全不犯七种罪聚,即是戒防护。「念防护」即是念本身,或以念为增上的善蕴。「智防护」即是智本身。若有人说,「忍防护」是以忍辱为本质的无嗔,或以无嗔为增上而生起的善蕴;「精进防护」即是为避免欲寻等持续而生起的精进本身。在这五种防护中,应当这样理解:第一种,因为能防护身恶行等恶戒,故称为防护;第二种,因为能防护失念;第三种,因为能防护无明;第四种,因为能防护不忍;第五种,因为能防护懈怠,并且能将它们关闭,故称为防护。因此,为成就此防护,即是显示巴利原文
Āgato ayaṃ ñāṇasaṃvaro. ‘‘Khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.24; a. ni. 4.114; 6.58) nayena āgato ayaṃ khantisaṃvaro. ‘‘Uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.114; 6.58) nayena āgato ayaṃ vīriyasaṃvaro. Atthato pana pāṇātipātādīnaṃ pajahanavasena, vattapaṭivattānaṃ karaṇavasena ca pavattā cetanā viratiyo ca. Saṅkhepato sabbo kāyavacīsaṃyamo, vitthārato sattannaṃ āpattikkhandhānaṃ avītikkamo sīlasaṃvaro. Sati eva satisaṃvaro, satippadhānā vā kusalā khandhā. Ñāṇameva ñāṇasaṃvaro. Adhivāsanavasena adoso, adosappadhānā vā tathā pavattā kusalā khandhā khantisaṃvaro, paññāti eke. Kāmavitakkādīnaṃ anadhivāsanavasena pavattaṃ vīriyameva vīriyasaṃvaro. Tesu paṭhamo kāyaduccaritādidussīlyassa saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, dutiyo muṭṭhassaccassa, tatiyo aññāṇassa, catuttho akkhantiyā, pañcamo kosajjassa saṃvaraṇato pidahanato saṃvaroti veditabbo. Evametassa saṃvarassa atthāya saṃvaratthaṃ, saṃvaranipphādanatthanti attho.
断也有五种:彼分断、镇伏断、正断、止息断、出离断。其中应述说的内容,在《增支部·一集》第一经的注释中已经说过。就这五种断各自以相应方式对贪等烦恼的舍离义或超越义而言,称为“为了断”,意为成就这种断。在此,有说法认为:通过防护可防止烦恼进入心相续;通过断,既能防止烦恼进入,又能根除烦恼。然而应知,这两种方式在适当的情况下,都能各自实现这两种功能。事实上,正是戒等诸法,以其防护的作用而被称为“防护”,以其断除的作用而被称为“断”。显示巴利原文
Pahānampi pañcavidhaṃ – tadaṅgappahānaṃ, vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, samucchedappahānaṃ, paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ, nissaraṇappahānanti. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā ekakanipāte paṭhamasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttameva. Tassa pana pañcavidhassapi tathā tathā rāgādikilesānaṃ paṭinissajjanaṭṭhena samatikkamanaṭṭhena vā pahānassa atthāya pahānatthaṃ, pahānasādhanatthanti attho. Tattha saṃvarena kilesānaṃ cittasantāne pavesananivāraṇaṃ pahānena pavesananivāraṇañceva samugghāto cāti vadanti. Ubhayenāpi pana yathārahaṃ ubhayaṃ sampajjatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sīlādidhammā eva hi saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, pajahanato pahānanti.
在偈颂中,关于“非依传说”(anītihaṃ)一词:灾害(ītiyo)称为‘īti’,包含现世与后世的灾害。由于梵行能击破、摧毁、断除这些灾害,故称为‘ītihaṃ’(有灾);而‘anītihaṃ’即指教法梵行与道梵行。另一种解释:‘ītihā’是指与灾害等无义之物一起打击、运行、转起者,即渴爱等随烦恼;此梵行中并无‘ītihā’,因此称为“非依传说”。又或者依据前义,外道教义被称为‘ītihā’(有灾),与此对立的佛法即是‘anītihaṃ’(无灾/非依传说)。此词也有读作‘anitihaṃ’的。其意为:由于对诸法持非一向之见,“疑”被称为‘itihaṃ’(依传说);然而,这是正自觉者所宣说的,能令依教修习者成就自信、不疑的状态,所以此处没有‘itihaṃ’,故为“非依传说”,即不依于他。正如经文所说:‘是智者各自亲证的’、‘非寻思之境界’。仅为偈颂音韵流畅,诵读时才读作……显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu anītihanti ītiyo vuccanti upaddavā – diṭṭhadhammikā ca samparāyikā ca. Ītiyo hanati vināseti pajahatīti ītihaṃ, anu ītihanti anītihaṃ, sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca. Atha vā ītīhi anatthehi saddhiṃ hananti gacchanti pavattantīti ītihā, taṇhādiupakkilesā. Natthi ettha ītihāti anītihaṃ. Ītihā vā yathāvuttenaṭṭhena titthiyasamayā, tappaṭipakkhato idaṃ anītihaṃ. ‘‘Anitiha’’ntipi pāṭho. Tassattho – ‘‘itihāya’’nti dhammesu anekaṃsaggāhabhāvato vicikicchā itihaṃ nāma, sammāsambuddhappaveditattā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjantānaṃ nikkaṅkhabhāvasādhanato natthi ettha itihanti anitihaṃ, aparappaccayanti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’’ti ‘‘atakkāvacaro’’ti ca. Gāthāsukhatthaṃ pana ‘‘anītiha’’nti dīghaṃ katvā paṭhanti.
“导向涅槃沉浸的梵行”:意为能通向那称为涅槃的深入处、安立处与彼岸,故称“导向涅槃沉浸”,即纯粹能引导至涅槃,具有解脱味。此导向涅槃沉浸的梵行,正是那位圆满了三十种波罗蜜、摧破了一切烦恼、现等正觉为无上正自觉者的世尊所宣说、所开示的。或者,“涅槃沉浸”即指圣道。因为若无圣道,便不能沉浸于涅槃;而圣道若不缘取涅槃,亦不会生起;且它必定趣向彼涅槃,因此称为“导向涅槃沉浸”。再或者,“导向涅槃沉浸”是指进入涅槃内部、以涅槃为所缘而于其内部运行、转起的道梵行。“由大雄们”(mahesino)的意思:由那些心胸伟大、志向崇高的圣者们所护持、所遵行。所谓大雄们,即是追求伟大的涅槃,或追求伟大的圣戒蕴等的诸圣者,例如佛陀等。他们正是按照佛陀的教导去实践的:如同我这位正自觉者,以应了知、应了知等方式,如实教导了应知的诸法;那些为达此目标而修习此道梵行与教法梵行的人,奉行我这位导师的教言,回应我的教诫,对于现世利益和后世利益的种种适宜教导,他……显示巴利原文
Nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ ogadhaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ pāraṃ gacchatīti nibbānogadhagāmī, vimuttirasattā ekanteneva nibbānasampāpakoti attho. Taṃ nibbānogadhagāminaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Soti yo so samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhinditvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, so bhagavā adesayi desesi. Nibbānogadhoti vā ariyamaggo vuccati. Tena vinā nibbānogāhanassa asambhavato tassa ca nibbānaṃ anālambitvā appavattanato, tañca taṃ ekantaṃ gacchatīti nibbānogadhagāmī. Atha vā nibbānogadhagāminanti nibbānassa antogāminaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ , nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā tassa anto eva vattati pavattatīti. Mahattehīti mahāātumehi uḷārajjhāsayehi. Mahantaṃ nibbānaṃ, mahante vā sīlakkhandhādike esanti gavesantīti mahesino buddhādayo ariyā. Tehi anuyāto paṭipanno. Yathā buddhena desitanti yathā abhiññeyyādidhamme abhiññeyyādibhāveneva sammāsambuddhena mayā desitaṃ, evaṃ ye etaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ tadatthaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyañca paṭipajjanti. Te diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsantassa satthu mayhaṃ sāsanakārino ovādappaṭikarā sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa antaṃ pariyantaṃ appavattiṃ karissanti, dukkhassa vā antaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikarissantīti.
9. 第二《不虚诳经》注释显示巴利原文
9. Dutiyanakuhanasuttavaṇṇanā
36 第九经中,“为了遍知”(abhiññatthaṃ):即以最殊胜的智慧,按照善与不善的类别、诸蕴等类别,正确无误地了知一切法。“为了彻知”(pariññatthaṃ):即为了以“这是苦”等方式,彻底了知三界一切法,并超越它们。于此,应遍知的对象与能遍知的智慧,是以四圣谛为范围的。而对于应彻知的对象进行彻知,虽然亦以苦谛为范围,但若不借助断、证、修这些现观,便无法生起,故应了知,此经文也包含了断、证、修等。其余内容,与前一部经所解释的意义相同。显示巴利原文
36. Navame abhiññatthanti kusalādivibhāgena khandhādivibhāgena ca sabbadhamme abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena aviparītato jānanatthaṃ. Pariññatthanti tebhūmakadhamme ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā parijānanatthaṃ samatikkamanatthañca. Tattha abhiññeyyaabhijānanā catusaccavisayā. Pariññeyyaparijānanā pana yadipi dukkhasaccavisayā, pahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayehi pana vinā na pavattatīti pahānādayopi idha gahitāti veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ anantarasutte vuttatthameva.
10. 喜悦经的注释显示巴利原文
10. Somanassasuttavaṇṇanā
37 第十经中,「多住于乐与喜悦」:其中「乐」指身乐,「喜悦」指心乐。因此,若有人身心之乐频频生起,便称为「多住于乐与喜悦」。「生处」:如“舍利弗,有这四种生处”等经文中,以“蕴的部分”指称生处;而“浮弥,这正是证得果的原因”等经文中,则以“原因”指称生处。显示巴利原文
37. Dasame sukhasomanassabahuloti ettha sukhanti kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ, somanassanti cetasikaṃ. Tasmā yassa kāyikaṃ cetasikañca sukhaṃ abhiṇhaṃ pavattati, so sukhasomanassabahuloti vutto. Yonīti ‘‘catasso kho imā, sāriputta, yoniyo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.152) khandhakoṭṭhāso yonīti āgato. ‘‘Yoni hesā, bhūmija, phalassa adhigamāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.226) kāraṇaṃ.
又如:“我并不因为投生处(yonija)或母胎出身(mattisambhava)而称他为婆罗门”(《中部·2.457》;《法句经》396;《经集》625);
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi, yonijaṃ mattisambhava’’nti ca. (ma. ni. 2.457; dha. pa. 396; su. ni. 625);
再如:“由业所生的风将他孕育成形后,使他头下脚上地翻转过来,送入母胎产道的开口处”,其中“yoni”指产道。而在当前所释的经文中,它特指“原因”。此外,“于此(assāti)”意为“凭借这个”。“已发起的(āraddhā)”指已建立、已策励、已圆满完成,或已成就。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tamenaṃ kammajā vātā nibbattitvā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ samparivattetvā mātu yonimukhe sampaṭipādentī’’ti ca ādīsu passāvamaggo. Idha pana kāraṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Assāti anena. Āraddhāti paṭṭhapitā paggahitā paripuṇṇā sampāditā vā.
“为了诸漏的灭尽”(āsavānaṃ khayāya):此处所谓“诸漏”(āsavā),因它们会“流”出,即从眼……(中略)……从意门流出、持续转起,故称为漏。就法而言,它们可流至种姓地;就处而言,它们可流至有顶。或者说,它们以这些法及此处所为范围而流转,故名为漏——其中的前缀“ā”即取“内摄”之义。又因长久依附之义,如酒等称为“漏”,烦恼亦称为漏:世间凡久经储藏的酒等,即被称为“漏”。若取“久住”之义,则唯有这些烦恼最堪称为漏。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,无明的前际不可知,‘在此之前无明不存在’之说,无有是处。”(《增支部·10.61》等)。又因它们将长劫轮回中的苦流出、宣泄,故亦名为漏。在上述词源解释中,前二种适用于“烦恼称为漏”的场合;后一种亦适用于“业”。而不仅业与烦恼可称为漏,诸灾患亦可称为漏,如在《阿毗达摩》中——显示巴利原文
Āsavānaṃkhayāyāti ettha āsavantīti āsavā, cakkhutopi…pe… manatopi savanti pavattantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammato yāva gotrabhū, okāsato yāva bhavaggā savantīti vā āsavā. Ete dhamme etañca okāsaṃ anto karitvā pavattantīti attho. Antokaraṇattho hi ayaṃ ākāro. Cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena madirādayo āsavā viyātipi āsavā. Loke hi cirapārivāsikā madirādayo āsavāti vuccanti. Yadi ca cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena āsavā, ete eva bhavituṃ arahanti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya, ito pubbe avijjā nāhosī’’tiādi (a. ni. 10.61). Āyataṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ savanti pasavantītipi āsavā. Purimāni cettha nibbacanāni yattha kilesā āsavāti āgatā, tattha yujjanti; pacchimaṃ kammepi. Na kevalañca kammakilesā eva āsavā, apica kho nānappakārā upaddavāpi. Abhidhamme hi ‘‘cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo’’ti (dha. sa. 1102) kāmarāgādayo kilesā āsavāti āgatā. Suttepi ‘‘nāhaṃ, cunda, diṭṭhadhammikānaṃyeva āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya dhammaṃ desemī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.182) ettha vivādamūlabhūtā kilesā āsavāti āgatā.
“凭此业,往生天界,或为乾闼婆,或为空中飞行之身;
凭此业,能得夜叉之生,或证得人身;
于我,那些漏已灭尽、已被摧破、彻底毁败。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yena devūpapatyassa, gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo; Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyya, manussattañca abbaje; Te mayhaṃ, āsavā khīṇā, viddhastā vinaḷīkatā’’ti. (a. ni. 4.36) –
在这里,“漏”指三地所属的业以及其余的不善法。而在“为防护现法诸漏,为对治当来诸漏”(《经分别》39)这句话中,“漏”既指伤害他人、追悔、杀戮、捆绑等事,也指作为恶趣之苦的种种灾祸。显示巴利原文
Ettha tebhūmakaṃ kammaṃ avasesā ca akusalā dhammā. ‘‘Diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyā’’ti (pārā. 39) ettha parūpaghātavippaṭisāravadhabandhādayo ceva apāyadukkhabhūtā nānappakārā upaddavā ca.
然而,这些漏在《律藏》中以“防护现法诸漏,对治当来诸漏”而作为二种出现;在《六处相应》中以“贤友,有此三漏——欲漏、有漏、无明漏”(《相应部·4.321》)而作为三种出现,其他经藏也是如此;在《阿毗达摩》中,即他们漏再加上见漏,作为四种出现。但在《决择说示》中,以“诸比丘,有趋向地狱之漏,有趋向畜生道之漏,有趋向饿鬼界之漏,有趋向人界之漏,有趋向天界之漏”(《增支部·6.63》)而作为五种出现,这里唯将“业”作为漏。在《六集》中,以“诸比丘,有应依防护而断的漏……”等法门(《增支部·6.58》)而作为六种出现。在《一切漏经》中,他们漏与见所断法合为七种出现。然而,应知此处是依阿毗达摩法门而指四种漏。显示巴利原文
Te panete āsavā vinaye ‘‘diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya, samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyā’’ti dvedhā āgatā. Saḷāyatane ‘‘tayome, āvuso, āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, avijjāsavo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.321) tidhā āgatā. Tathā aññesu suttantesu. Abhidhamme teyeva diṭṭhāsavena saddhiṃ catudhā āgatā. Nibbedhikapariyāye pana ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā’’ti (a. ni. 6.63) pañcadhā āgatā. Kammameva cettha āsavāti adhippetaṃ. Chakkanipāte ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā saṃvarā pahātabbā’’tiādinā (a. ni. 6.58) nayena chadhā āgatā. Sabbāsavapariyāye teyeva dassanapahātabbehi dhammehi saddhiṃ sattadhā āgatā. Idha pana abhidhammapariyāyena cattāro āsavā adhippetāti veditabbā.
在“为了灭尽”这一句中,“漏的灭尽”是指诸漏的灭尽、消逝、破坏、彻底破坏、无常、消失,这是从诸漏的自性差别而说的;而在“比丘们,我对于知者、见者,说漏的灭尽”(《中部·1.15》)这一句中,“漏尽”是指诸漏已尽的状态、不存在、绝对不再生起。显示巴利原文
Khayāyāti ettha pana ‘‘yo āsavānaṃ khayo vayo bhedo paribhedo aniccatā antaradhāna’’nti āsavānaṃ sarasabhedo āsavānaṃ khayoti vutto. ‘‘Jānato ahaṃ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.15) ettha āsavānaṃ khīṇākāro natthibhāvo accantaṃ asamuppādo āsavakkhayoti vutto.
对于有学、正在学习的修行人、顺着直道而行的人;
在灭尽中,先生起第一智,其后的智随即无间生起。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sekhassa sikkhamānassa, ujumaggānusārino; Khayasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tato aññā anantarā’’ti. (itivu. 62) –
此处,“漏尽”是指圣道。而在“以漏尽故,成为沙门”(《中部》1.438)一句中,“漏尽”指的是果。显示巴利原文
Ettha ariyamaggo āsavakkhayoti vutto. ‘‘Āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.438) ettha phalaṃ.
常观他人过失,恒怀不满之心者,
他的诸漏便增长,他远离漏尽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paravajjānupassissa, niccaṃ ujjhānasaññino; Āsavā tassa vaḍḍhanti, ārā so āsavakkhayā’’ti. (dha. pa. 253) –
此处指涅槃。这里是就果而言说“为了诸漏的灭尽”,意为:为证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Ettha nibbānaṃ. Idha pana phalaṃ sandhāya ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayāyā’’ti vuttaṃ, arahattaphalatthāyāti attho.
“于能引生悚惧之事处”:即能引生悚惧的、以生等为事的悚惧事处。因为生、老、病、死、恶趣苦、过去轮回根本苦、未来轮回根本苦、现在求食根本苦,这些便是名为“悚惧事处”的能引生悚惧之处。还应了知,诸如“世间聚居如燃火,已出发、已上路,却行于邪道;世间被牵引,不坚固;世间无救护、无皈依;世间不自主;一切皆须舍弃而去;世间有缺、不满足,是渴爱的奴仆”等(《无碍解道》1.117),在此也是能引生悚惧之处。“以悚惧”:即由缘于生等悚惧事处而生起的、称为“怖畏”的悚惧。从意义上说,“悚惧”就是与愧相应的智。显示巴利原文
Saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesūti saṃvegajanakesu jātiādīsu saṃvegavatthūsu. Jāti, jarā, byādhi, maraṇaṃ, apāyadukkhaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ , paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkhanti imāni hi saṃvegavatthūni saṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni nāma. Apica ‘‘āditto lokasannivāso uyyutto payāto kummaggappaṭipanno, upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro, assako loko, sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso’’tievamādīni (paṭi. ma. 1.117) cettha saṃvejanīyaṭṭhānānīti veditabbāni. Saṃvejanenāti jātiādisaṃvegavatthūni paṭicca uppannabhayasaṅkhātena saṃvejanena. Atthato pana sahottappañāṇaṃ saṃvego nāma.
“已生起悚惧者”:指通过入胎等种种方式,对生等多种多样的苦已生起悚惧的人。也有读作“令悚惧之后”的。“以如理精进”:即以方法精进,意为正精进。因为它如此精勤,令不善法断除、善法达到修习圆满,又能成就最上状态,所以称为“精进”。在此,由于悚惧,他不见有、生等中有任何救护、庇护和皈依,于彼处不退缩、心不执著,并且因为与之对立,由厌离想所转,一心只倾向于涅槃、趣向涅槃、斜向涅槃。他依止善知识,多作如理作意,有清净志欲的加行,于止与观中策励相应,对一切行所摄的所缘,皆生厌离、离染,策发现观。于此,所谓“多作如理作意,有清净志欲的加行,于止与观中策励相应”,由此应知他今生多具喜悦与悦乐。而此即所谓“安立于止后,于观中策励相应,对一切行所摄的所缘皆生厌离、离染,策发现观”,由此应知他于本源已勤策,为了诸漏的灭尽。显示巴利原文
Saṃviggassāti gabbhokkantikādivasena anekavidhehi jātiādidukkhehi saṃvegajātassa. ‘‘Saṃvejitvā’’ti ca paṭhanti. Yoniso padhānenāti upāyapadhānena, sammāvāyāmenāti attho. So hi yathā akusalā dhammā pahīyanti, kusalā dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, evaṃ padahanato uttamabhāvasādhanato ca ‘‘padhāna’’nti vuccati. Tattha saṃvegena bhavādīsu kiñci tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ apassanto tattha anolīyanto alaggamānaso tappaṭipakkhena ca vinivattitavisaññito aññadatthu nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro. So kalyāṇamittasannissayena yonisomanasikārabahulo visuddhāsayappayogo samathavipassanāsu yuttappayutto sabbasmimpi saṅkhāragate nibbindati virajjati, vipassanaṃ ussukkāpeti. Tattha yadidaṃ yonisomanasikārabahulo visuddhāsayappayogo samathavipassanāsu yuttappayutto, tenassa diṭṭheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulatā veditabbā. Yaṃ panāyaṃ samathe patiṭṭhito vipassanāya yuttappayutto sabbasmimpi saṅkhāragate nibbindati virajjati, vipassanaṃ ussukkāpeti, tenassa yoni āraddhā āsavānaṃ khayāyāti veditabbaṃ.
偈颂中的“应生悚惧”:即应切实生起悚惧,应切实发起悚惧。也有读作“令悚惧之后”的,意为依上述方式而生起悚惧。“贤智者”:即具慧者,指具有三因结生者。“以慧善观”:即依生起悚惧的方式,以慧如理观照悚惧事处;或解释为“以慧如理观照之后”。其余各处意义明了。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu saṃvijjethevāti saṃvijjeyya eva saṃvegaṃ kareyya eva. ‘‘Saṃvijjitvānā’’ti ca paṭhanti. Vuttanayena saṃviggo hutvāti attho. Paṇḍitoti sappañño, tihetukapaṭisandhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Paññāya samavekkhiyāti saṃvegavatthūni saṃvijjanavasena paññāya sammā avekkhiya. Atha vā paññāya sammā avekkhitvāti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
2. 第二品显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyavaggo
《寻经》的注疏显示巴利原文
1. Vitakkasuttavaṇṇanā
38 38. 在第二品第一经中,“如来,比丘们”这句话里的“如来”一词,首先可用以指有情、言说、正自觉者等义。确实,在“如来死后存在”(《长部》1.65)这类句子中,它是指有情。显示巴利原文
38. Dutiyavaggassa paṭhame tathāgataṃ, bhikkhaveti ettha tathāgata-saddo tāva sattavohārasammāsambuddhādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.65) sattavohāre.
‘‘Tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, Buddhaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.16) –
如上诸例,是指正自觉者。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu sammāsambuddhe.
"为天、人所礼敬的如来,"
"我们礼敬法,愿得安乐。"
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, Dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.17) –
此即开头等处所言之显示巴利原文
Ādīsu dhamme.
‘‘Tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, Saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.18) –
前文“开头”等句中所指的是僧。但此处说的是正自觉者。因此,“如来”一词,世尊以八种理由被称为如来。哪八种呢?“如此而来”,故名如来;“如此而去”,故名如来;“以如实相而来”,故名如来;“于真实法如实证得圆满觉悟”,故名如来;“由于如实见”,故名如来;“由于如实说”,故名如来;“由于如实行”,故名如来;“以征服之义”,故名如来。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu saṅghe. Idha pana sammāsambuddhe. Tasmā tathāgatanti ettha aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgatoti vuccati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti.
为何世尊被称为“如来”——“如此而来”者?因为他凭借此誓愿,圆满了布施巴拉密、持戒巴拉密、出离巴拉密、智慧巴拉密、精进巴拉密、忍耐巴拉密、真实巴拉密、决定波罗蜜、慈爱巴拉密、舍巴拉密;圆满了这十种波罗蜜、十种近波罗蜜、十种究竟波罗蜜,即三十种波罗蜜;又圆满行持了五种大舍弃:舍弃肢体、舍弃自身、舍弃财富、舍弃妻儿、舍弃王位。正如毗婆尸佛等正自觉者那样而来,我们的世尊也同样如此而来,故名为“如来”。如经中所说——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā yena abhinīhārena dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettāupekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā imā dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā aṅgapariccāgaṃ, attapariccāgaṃ, dhanapariccāgaṃ, dārapariccāgaṃ, rajjapariccāganti imāni pañca mahāpariccāgāni pariccajitvā yathā vipassiādayo sammāsambuddhā āgatā , tathā amhākaṃ bhagavāpi āgatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
正如在这世间,毗婆尸佛等诸佛,
诸牟尼成就一切知性,而来至此;
同样地,这位释迦牟尼也如是而来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yatheva lokamhi vipassiādayo, Sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, Tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā’’ti. –
因此,“如来”即是如实而来者。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tathā āgatoti tathāgato.
‘如来’为何义?即‘如去’之义。正如刚出生的毗婆尸等诸佛,以平稳的双足安立于大地,面向北方,以七步经行而去;同样地,我们的世尊也是如此而去,故称为如来。如所说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātāva vipassiādayo samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā amhākaṃ bhagavāpi gatoti tathāgato. Yathāhu –
犹如初诞的牛王,
以平稳的双足,踏触大地;
乔达摩迈出七步,
众天神为他撑起白色伞盖。
乔达摩行走七步之后,
周遍环顾一切方向;
发出具足八支的音声,
犹如雄狮立于山巅。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Muhuttajātova gavaṃpatī yathā, Samehi pādehi phusī vasundharaṃ; So vikkamī satta padāni gotamo, Setañca chattaṃ anudhārayuṃ marū. ‘‘Gantvāna so satta padāni gotamo, Disā vilokesi samā samantato; Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ giramabbhudīrayi, Sīho yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito’’ti. –
“如来”一词,意为“如此已去”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato.
如何是因通达真实相而称为如来呢?对于一切色法、无色法,其自相与共相是真实、不虚妄的。他以智慧之行境,无误地证得、随觉这一切法,故称如来。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Sabbesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇaṃ, sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ, tathaṃ, avitathaṃ, ñāṇagatiyā āgato, avirajjhitvā patto, anubuddhoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
一切诸法的自相与共相,
正因为如实通达,故导师名为如来。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbesaṃ pana dhammānaṃ, sakasāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ; Tathamevāgato yasmā, tasmā nātho tathāgato’’ti. –
如此,因通达真实相故,称为如来。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato.
为何因如实正觉真实法而称为如来?所谓真实法,即是四圣谛。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,有四种法,真实、不虚妄、无变异。哪四种?‘此是苦圣谛’,诸比丘,此是真实,此是不虚妄,此是无变异。”(《相应部》5.1090)广说。世尊已正觉这些圣谛,因此,也正因为正觉了这些真实法而称为如来。这里的“gata”一词,即是“已正觉”之意。如此,因如实正觉真实法,故称为如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti , bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmāpi tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā tathāgato. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gata-saddo. Evaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato.
如来如何因真实见而得名?在包含天神的世间……乃至包含人天的众生中,在无量的世界界里,无量的众生于眼门所现起的色所缘,世尊以一切方式完全了知、完全看见。当他如此了知、如此看见时,无论是以可爱等角度,还是以所见、所闻、所觉、所识中所能得到的词语,例如:“什么是色?色处,即依四大种而有的显色,可见,有对,青、黄……”等等(《法集论》616),用种种名称、十三个回合、五十二种方法来分别解说,这一切都绝对真实,毫无虚妄。耳门等现起的声音等也是如此。世尊曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Yaṃ sadevake loke…pe… sadevamanussāya pajāya aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhudvāre āpāthamāgacchantaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ nāma atthi, taṃ bhagavā sabbākārato jānāti passati. Evaṃ jānatā passatā cānena taṃ iṭṭhādivasena vā diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu labbhamānapadavasena vā ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ, yaṃ rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya vaṇṇanibhā sanidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ nīlaṃ pītaka’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 616) nayena anekehi nāmehi terasahi vārehi dvepaññāsāya nayehi vibhajjamānaṃ tathameva hoti, vitathaṃ natthi. Esa nayo sotadvārādīsu āpāthamāgacchantesu saddādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,在包含天神的世间……乃至包含人天的世间中,凡有所见、所闻、所觉、所识、所得、所求、以心考察过的事物,我皆了知……我皆彻底了知,那是如来的所知,如来并不执取它。”(《增支部》4.24)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa…pe… sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, tamahaṃ jānāmi…pe… tamahaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, taṃ tathāgatassa viditaṃ, taṃ tathāgato na upaṭṭhāsī’’ti (a. ni. 4.24).
如此,由真实见故,称为如来。在此,应当了知“如来”一词是建立在“真实见”这一意义上。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato. Ettha tathadassiatthe tathāgatoti padassa sambhavo veditabbo.
为何说如来是因为真实语而称为如来?世尊从证悟无上正自觉的那一夜,直到在无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一夜,在这四十五年间所宣说的修多罗、祇夜等一切言教,全部清净圆满,能摧破贪欲、骄慢等烦恼,其味一味,真实不虚。因此说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yaṃ rattiṃ bhagavā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakāle yaṃ bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ suttageyyādi, sabbaṃ taṃ parisuddhaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ rāgamadādinimmadanaṃ ekasadisaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ. Tenāha –
“准达,如来在哪一夜证悟无上正自觉,在哪一夜于无余涅槃界般涅槃,在这二者之间,他宣说、交谈、开示的一切,全都是真实的,绝无变异。因此,被称为‘如来’。”(《长部》3.188;《增支部》4.23)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.188; a. ni. 4.23).
在此处,“gata”(已去)一词的义理,实为“言语”(gada)的意思。如此,因如实语而称为如来。再者,“āgadana”即“āgada”,意为“言语”。他拥有真实、不颠倒的言语,将“da”音转为“ta”音,便构成“tathāgata”(如来)。应当这样理解这个词语的语法构成。显示巴利原文
Gadaattho hi ettha gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato. Apica āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho aviparīto āgado assāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti, evampettha padasiddhi veditabbā.
为何以言行一致而称如来?世尊的言语随顺于身行,身行也随顺于言语。因此,他怎么说,便怎么做;怎么做,便怎么说。于如此之人,正如其言语,身行也如是转起;正如其身行,言语也如是转起,故称如来。所以他说:“诸比丘,如来怎么说,便怎么做;怎么做,便怎么说。如是,怎么说便怎么做,怎么做便怎么说,是故名为如来。”这便是以言行一致而得名如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavato hi vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā. Tasmā yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī ca hoti. Evaṃbhūtassa cassa yathā vācā, kāyopi tathā gato pavatto. Yathā ca kāyo, vācāpi tathā gatāti tathāgato. Tenāha ‘‘yathāvādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti. Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
为何以征服之义而称如来?因世尊以上至有顶天、下至无间地狱为边际,横向遍及无量世界,以戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱知见而征服一切众生。对于他,没有能作衡量或比较的标准,他实不可衡量、不可测量、无上,是天神中最殊胜的天神,是帝释中最殊胜的帝释,是梵天中最殊胜的梵天,于一切众生中最为第一,因此称如来。所以他说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Yasmā bhagavā upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi, na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro devānaṃ atidevo sakkānaṃ atisakko brahmānaṃ atibrahmā sabbasattuttamo, tasmā tathāgato. Tenāha –
“诸比丘,在含天界……乃至人间的一切世间中,如来是征服者,不为任何所征服,是全然的主宰、具足自在力者,是故名为如来。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… manussāya tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.188; a. ni. 4.23).
于此,此词的语法释意为:“阿伽陀”(药)犹如“无病”,既指说法的庄严,亦是福德的积聚。因此,这位大神通者犹如神医以天界阿伽陀药治蛇毒一般,以说法之庄严与福德,征服一切外道及含天众的世间。如此,在征服一切世间上,他拥有如上所述、真实不颠倒的“阿伽陀”,转“da”音为“ta”音,便可知为“如来”。如是,由征服的含义而称如来。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ padasiddhi – agado viya agado, desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mahānubhāvo bhisakko viya dibbāgadena sappe, sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati. Iti sabbalokābhibhavane tatho aviparīto yathāvutto agado etassāti dakārassa takāraṃ katvā tathāgatoti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
再者,因“如实地去”故为如来,因“去了如实”故为如来。其中,依遍知智,如实地去、通达一切世间者,故为如来;依断除智,如实地去、超越世间集者,故为如来;依作证智,如实地去、证得世间灭者,故为如来。如实地去、践行导向世间灭之道者,故为如来。这正是世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Apica tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathaṃ gatoti tathāgato. Tattha sakalalokaṃ tīraṇapariññāya tathāya gato avagatoti tathāgato, lokasamudayaṃ pahānapariññāya tathāya gato atītoti tathāgato, lokanirodhaṃ sacchikiriyāya tathāya gato adhigatoti tathāgato. Lokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ tathaṃ gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,世间已被如来所正觉,如来已从世间彻底解脱。诸比丘,世间集已被如来所正觉,世间集已被如来所断除。诸比丘,世间灭已被如来所正觉,世间灭已被如来所亲证。诸比丘,导向世间灭之道已被如来所正觉,导向世间灭之道已被如来所修习。诸比丘,于含天神……(中略)……一切世间中,凡所有见、闻、觉、知、成、寻、意所伺察,皆已被如来所正觉。因此,称为‘如来’。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Loko, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho. Lokasmā tathāgato visaṃyutto. Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno. Lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho, lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato. Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa…pe… sabbaṃ taṃ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṃ. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23).
此外,还有八种理由说明世尊为何是如来:因如实地来,故是如来;因如实地去,故是如来;因如实相而来,故是如来;因已去如实,故是如来;因是如实见者,故是如来;因是如实宣说者,故是如来;因从如实法而来,故是如来;因已证得如实之状态,故是如来。显示巴利原文
Aparehipi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā tathāgato. Tathāya āgatoti tathāgato, tathāya gatoti tathāgato, tathāni āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathāvidhoti tathāgato, tathāpavattikoti tathāgato, tathehi āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatabhāvena tathāgatoti.
如何因“如实地来”而称为如来?世尊过去身为善慧时,曾在燃灯十力佛足下——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato? Yā sā bhagavatā sumedhabhūtena dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle –
人身、性别成就、因、见导师;
出家、功德成就、增上力与欲求;
当此八法合聚时,大愿便能成就。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59) –
如此,具足此八支成就大愿者,发起了如是大宣言:‘我已渡越含天在内的世间,将令众生渡越;我已解脱,将令众生解脱;我已调伏,将令众生调伏;我已安稳,将令众生安稳;我已般涅槃,将令众生般涅槃;我已清净,将令众生清净;我已觉悟,将令众生觉悟。’这正是经中所说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ abhinīhāraṃ sampādentena ‘‘ahaṃ sadevakaṃ lokaṃ tiṇṇo tāressāmi, mutto mocessāmi, danto damessāmi, assattho assāsessāmi, parinibbuto parinibbāpessāmi , suddho sodhessāmi , buddho bodhessāmī’’ti mahāpaṭiññā pavattitā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ –
我一人渡越,有何意义?我虽是具力、见谛之人,
但证得一切知智后,我将度脱含天神的世间。
依靠我在无上士面前所作的这份增上善业,
证得一切知智后,我将度脱无量众生。’
‘截断轮回之流,摧毁三种有;
‘登上法船之后,我将度脱含天神的世间。’
我以他者之相,于此亲证诸法,又有何意义?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 55-58);
而这大宣言,正是对他抉择、审察并受持整个成佛之法蕴的因由。世尊为证明此言不虚,是因为:他恭敬、无间断、无余漏地圆满了布施巴拉密等三十种波罗蜜,历经四阿僧祇又十万大劫;他圆满了肢节等五大舍弃;修习了谛等四种决定住;积集了福德与智慧二资粮;使宿世修行、宿世行业、佛法开示、知义利行等臻于最上;将智慧行推向极致,证得无上正自觉。因此,唯有他的这个大宣言如实、不虚、不变异,绝无丝毫虚假。正如燃灯十力佛、憍陈如佛、吉祥佛……乃至迦叶世尊,这二十四位正自觉者次第出现于世,都对他授记说:‘你将成佛’。如是,那位在二十四佛前得受授记、已发大愿的菩萨,获得了应得的全部利益之后而来。因此,由于如前所说大宣言的如实性,他已证得正觉境界而来、已经到达,故称为‘如来’。这就是‘如实而来,故为如来’的含义。显示巴利原文
Taṃ panetaṃ mahāpaṭiññaṃ sakalassapi buddhakaradhammasamudāyassa pavicayapaccavekkhaṇasamādānānaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ avisaṃvādento lokanātho yasmā mahākappānaṃ satasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesato dānapāramiādayo samatiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā, aṅgapariccāgādayo pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā, saccādhiṭṭhānādīni cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni paribrūhetvā, puññañāṇasambhāre sambharitvā pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkhānañātatthacariyādayo ukkaṃsāpetvā, buddhicariyaṃ paramakoṭiṃ pāpetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhi; tasmā tasseva sā mahāpaṭiññā tathā avitathā anaññathā, na tassa vālaggamattampi vitathaṃ atthi. Tathā hi dīpaṅkaro dasabalo koṇḍañño, maṅgalo…pe… kassapo bhagavāti ime catuvīsati sammāsambuddhā paṭipāṭiyā uppannā ‘‘buddho bhavissatī’’ti naṃ byākariṃsu. Evaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ santike laddhabyākaraṇo ye te katābhinīhārehi bodhisattehi laddhabbā ānisaṃsā, te labhitvāva āgatoti tāya yathāvuttāya mahāpaṭiññāya tathāya abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ āgato adhigatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya āgatoti tathāgato.
如何是‘依如实而行故来,故称如来’?世尊以大悲心,见众生陷入极度痛苦与逼迫之中,心中思惟:‘他们没有其他真正的皈依处,唯我能令其从这轮回的痛苦中解脱,获得自由。’于是策励自心,发起宏大誓愿。发愿之后,为成就一切世间利益,他精进努力,不惜身命;即使仅令声入耳根便可能使对方心生恐惧的极难行道,他也悉皆践行。如同大菩萨们的修行从来不是退堕、杂染或停住的,而是导向更上、更殊胜的,就这样次第修习,逐步圆满一切菩提资粮,证得正觉。成佛之后,同样被大悲心所驱动,他舍弃了独处寂定之乐与最上寂静的解脱之乐,住于愚痴众生遍满的世间,不顾众生对他生起的恭敬、轻蔑与种种毁伤,唯以度脱可度化者,完整履行一切佛陀的职责。其中,世尊以悲心投入众生的方式与相状,后文将详细彰显。如同已成佛的世间怙主对众生的大悲心,菩萨在因地时,从发起宏大誓愿开始,于一切时、一切处的大悲心也是如此,是同样的。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato? Yāyaṃ mahākaruṇā lokanāthassa, yāya mahādukkhasambādhappaṭipannaṃ sattanikāyaṃ disvā ‘‘tassa natthañño koci paṭisaraṇaṃ, ahameva naṃ ito saṃsāradukkhato mutto mocessāmī’’ti samussāhitamānaso mahābhinīhāraṃ akāsi. Katvā ca yathāpaṇidhānaṃ sakalalokahitasampādanāya ussukkamāpanno attano kāyajīvitanirapekkho paresaṃ sotapathagamanamattenapi cittutrāsasamuppādikā atidukkarā dukkaracariyā samācaranto yathā mahābodhisattānaṃ paṭipatti hānabhāgiyā saṃkilesabhāgiyā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na hoti, atha kho uttari visesabhāgiyāva hoti, tathā paṭipajjamāno anupubbena niravasese bodhisambhāre samānetvā abhisambodhiṃ pāpuṇi. Tato parañca tāyeva mahākaruṇāya sañcoditamānaso pavivekaratiṃ paramañca santaṃ vimokkhasukhaṃ pahāya bālajanabahule loke tehi samuppāditaṃ sammānāvamānavippakāraṃ agaṇetvā veneyyajanavinayanena niravasesaṃ buddhakiccaṃ niṭṭhapesi. Tatra yo bhagavato sattesu mahākaruṇāya samokkamanākāro, so parato āvi bhavissati. Yathā buddhabhūtassa lokanāthassa sattesu mahākaruṇā, evaṃ bodhisattabhūtassapi mahābhinīhārakālādīsūti sabbattha sabbadā ca ekasadisatāya tathāva sā avitathā anaññathā. Tasmā tīsupi avatthāsu sabbasattesu samānarasāya tathāya mahākaruṇāya sakalalokahitāya gato paṭipannoti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāya gatoti tathāgato.
如何是‘由证得如实之理而来,故称如来’?所谓‘如实之理’,即四种圣道智。它们如实了悟四圣谛——‘此是苦,此是苦的集,此是苦的灭,此是导至苦灭之道’,这四圣谛总摄了一切应知之事,是流转与还灭二者的因。即:苦有逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义;集有招感义、因缘义、结缚义、障碍义;灭有出离义、远离义、无为义、不死义;道有出离义、因义、见义、增上义等,以及从中分出的种种内涵。这些圣道智由于断除了障碍如实了知一切法自性的杂染,而能无颠倒地运作,不违背诸法的自性、味与作用之相,因此它们是‘如实、不虚、不变’的。这些如实智并非由他人引导而证悟,世尊完全由自己证得而来。因此,由证得如实之理而来,故称‘如来’。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāni āgatoti tathāgato? Tathāni nāma cattāri ariyamaggañāṇāni. Tāni hi ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, ayaṃ dukkhanirodho, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti evaṃ sabbañeyyasaṅgāhakānaṃ pavattinivattitadubhayahetubhūtānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho, samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho nidānaṭṭho saṃyogaṭṭho palibodhaṭṭho, nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho asaṅkhataṭṭho amataṭṭho, maggassa niyyānaṭṭho hetvaṭṭho dassanaṭṭho adhipateyyaṭṭhotiādīnaṃ tabbibhāgānañca yathābhūtasabhāvāvabodhavibandhakassa saṃkilesapakkhassa samucchindanena paṭiladdhāya tattha asammohābhisamayasaṅkhātāya aviparītākārappavattiyā dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā anaññaneyyo sayameva āgato adhigato, tasmā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,如同道智,世尊在三时中无障碍的智、四无碍解智、四无畏智、五趣判别智、六不共智、七觉支开显智、八圣道开显智、九次第住等至智、十力智,也都应如此详细阐明。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca maggañāṇāni, evaṃ bhagavato tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni catupaṭisambhidāñāṇāni catuvesārajjañāṇāni pañcagatiparicchedañāṇāni chaasādhāraṇañāṇāni sattabojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni aṭṭhamaggaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni navānupubbavihārasamāpattiñāṇāni dasabalañāṇāni ca vibhāvetabbāni.
这里加以阐明:于无量世界中的无量众生,其种性有低劣等种种差别;在过去那些同样有低劣等种种差别的蕴、处、界中,凡依自性、作用、状态差别等,以及系属於蕴的名称、种族等应知的内容;又於那些不系属根的、极为微细、隐覆、处于远方或余处的色法,由种种缘的差别所生的颜色、形状、香、味、触等一切差别——世尊的智慧于此一切,犹如掌中余甘子果,无著无碍,现前而转。同样地,于未来世、现在世也是如此。此即名为“三时无碍智”。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – yañhi kiñci aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ hīnādibhedabhinnānaṃ hīnādibhedabhinnāsu atītāsu khandhāyatanadhātūsu sabhāvakiccādi avatthāvisesādi khandhapaṭibaddhanāmagottādi ca jānitabbaṃ. Anindriyabaddhesu ca atisukhumatirohitavidūradesesu rūpadhammesu yo taṃtaṃpaccayavisesehi saddhiṃ paccayuppannānaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānagandharasaphassādiviseso, tattha sabbattheva hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalako viya paccakkhato asaṅgamappaṭihataṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tathā anāgatāsu paccuppannāsu cāti imāni tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇāni nāma. Yathāha –
即如所说:“世尊于过去世的智慧无碍,于未来世的智慧无碍,于现在世的智慧无碍。”(《无碍解道》3.5)显示巴利原文
‘‘Atītaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgataṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, paccuppannaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.5).
这些智慧,由于对诸法的自性、味、相如实无违,故是真实的、不虚的、不变异的。世尊以自觉的智慧证得了这些如实性。因如实而来,故名如来。显示巴利原文
Tāni panetāni tattha tattha dhammānaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni, tāni bhagavā sayambhuñāṇena adhigañchi. Evaṃ tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,还有义无碍解、法无碍解、词无碍解、辩无碍解,这称为四种无碍解。其中,能对义的种种差别予以辨别、阐明和确定,于义中通达各个方面的智慧,即是义无碍解。能对法的种种差别予以辨别、阐明和确定,于法中通达各个方面的智慧,即是法无碍解。能对词的种种差别予以辨别、阐明和确定,于言辞表达中通达各个方面的智慧,即是词无碍解。能对辩的种种差别予以辨别、阐明和确定,于辩才中通达各个方面的智慧,即是辩无碍解。对此曾这样说过:显示巴利原文
Tathā atthapaṭisambhidā, dhammapaṭisambhidā, niruttipaṭisambhidā, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāti catasso paṭisambhidā. Tattha atthapabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Dhammapabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Niruttipabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ niruttābhilāpe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā. Paṭibhānapabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ paṭibhāne pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“于义的智慧,即是义无碍解;于法的智慧,即是法无碍解;对于表达法的言辞的智慧,即是词无碍解;对于各种智慧的智慧,即是辩无碍解。”(《分别论》718)显示巴利原文
‘‘Atthe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, tatra dhammaniruttābhilāpe ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā, ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 718).
在此,随顺因的脉络,由于应被了知及应被证得,简略而言,因与果称为“义”。从分类来说,任何缘所生法、涅槃、所说之义、异熟、唯作——这五种法是“义”。观察该义者,对于该义中种种分类的智慧,即是义无碍解。“法”,简略而言即是缘。因为该缘能安立、推动并成就彼彼义,故称为“法”。从分类来说,任何能产生果的因、圣道、所说、善、不善——这五种法是“法”。观察该法者,对于该法中种种分类的智慧,即是法无碍解。此亦曾这样说过:显示巴利原文
Ettha ca hetuanusārena araṇīyato adhigantabbato ca saṅkhepato hetuphalaṃ attho nāma. Pabhedato pana yaṃkiñci paccayuppannaṃ, nibbānaṃ, bhāsitattho, vipāko, kiriyāti ime pañca dhammā attho. Taṃ atthaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Dhammoti saṅkhepato paccayo. So hi yasmā taṃ taṃ atthaṃ vidahati pavatteti ceva pāpeti ca, tasmā dhammoti vuccati. Pabhedato pana yo koci phalanibbattako hetu, ariyamaggo, bhāsitaṃ, kusalaṃ, akusalanti ime pañca dhammā dhammo, taṃ dhammaṃ paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
于苦的智慧,是义无碍解;于苦集的智慧,是法无碍解;于苦灭的智慧,是义无碍解;于趣向苦灭之道的智慧,是法无碍解。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 719).
另外,于因的智慧是法无碍解,于因之果的智慧是义无碍解。于那些已生、已有、已起、已产生、已再生、已现起的法,对这些法的智慧是义无碍解。那些法从哪些法而生、而有、而起、而产生、而再生、而现起,于那些因法的智慧是法无碍解。于老死的智慧是义无碍解,于老死集的智慧是法无碍解;于老死灭的智慧是义无碍解,于导向老死灭之道的智慧是法无碍解。于生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、诸行的智慧是义无碍解,于行集的智慧是法无碍解;于行灭的智慧是义无碍解,于导向行灭之道的智慧是法无碍解。显示巴利原文
Atha vā hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Ye dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Yamhā dhammā te dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā, tesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jātiyā, bhave, upādāne, taṇhāya, vedanāya, phasse, saḷāyatane, nāmarūpe, viññāṇe, saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā , saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā.
于此,比丘了知法——经、应颂……乃至……方广,这称为法无碍解。他对于每一处所说之义,了知‘这是此语之义,这是此语之义’,这称为义无碍解。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ jānāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati dhammapaṭisambhidā. So tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti – ‘ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti, ayaṃ vuccati atthapaṭisambhidā (vibha. 724).
哪些法是善?于某时,欲界善心生起,与喜俱行、与智相应,以色为所缘……乃至以法为所缘,或缘取任何所缘时,那时有触……乃至有不散乱——这些法即是善。关于这些法的智慧是法无碍解,关于其异熟的智慧是义无碍解。如是广说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katame dhammā kusalā? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hoti. Ime dhammā kusalā. Imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, tesaṃ vipāke ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’tiādi vitthāro (vibha. 725).
对于彼义与法,以自性语、无错乱的惯用表达为说。对于此自性语表达,依摩揭陀语——一切众生的根本语——了知‘这是自性语,这不是自性语’之种种分类的智慧,是词无碍解。对于前述诸智,以行境、作用等分类广说而生起的一切智为所缘而观察者,对此智的种种分类智,是辩无碍解。如是,这四种无碍解智是世尊自己证得的。对于义、法等各自的对象,以不欺诳、无颠倒相而转起,故是如、是不虚妄、是不异。世尊也因此是如而来,故称如来。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ atthe ca dhamme ca sabhāvanirutti abyabhicāravohāro abhilāpo, tasmiṃ sabhāvaniruttābhilāpe māgadhikāya sabbasattānaṃ mūlabhāsāya ‘‘ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti, ayaṃ na sabhāvaniruttī’’ti pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā. Yathāvuttesu tesu ñāṇesu gocarakiccādivasena vitthārato pavattaṃ sabbampi ñāṇamārammaṇaṃ katvā paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ ñāṇe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Iti imāni cattāri paṭisambhidāñāṇāni sayameva bhagavatā adhigatāni atthadhammādike tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attano visaye avisaṃvādanavasena aviparītākārappavattiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样,任何应知的事物,世尊皆以一切方式了知、见、证得、现等觉。如是,应证知的法,他作为应证知而觉了;应遍知的法,作为应遍知而觉了;应断的法,作为应断而觉了;应作证的法,作为应作证而觉了;应修习的法,作为应修习而觉了。因此,没有任何沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天,能如法地诘难:‘这些法你未现等觉。’显示巴利原文
Tathā yaṃ kiñci ñeyyaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavatā sabbākārena ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ adhigataṃ abhisambuddhaṃ. Tathā hissa abhiññeyyā dhammā abhiññeyyato buddhā, pariññeyyā dhammā pariññeyyato buddhā, pahātabbā dhammā pahātabbato buddhā, sacchikātabbā dhammā sacchikātabbato buddhā, bhāvetabbā dhammā bhāvetabbato buddhā, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
凡一切应断之法,世尊皆于菩提树下无余断尽,成就不再生起之法;对此断除,更无余事当作。如是,他的贪、嗔、痴、颠倒作意、无惭、无愧、昏沉睡眠、忿、恨、覆、恼、悭、嫉、谄、诳、固执、愤激、慢、过慢、骄、放逸,以及三种不善根、恶行、不平等想、欲寻等戏论、追求、渴爱、四种颠倒、诸漏、结、暴流、轭、盖、趣、渴爱取、五种欢喜、诸盖、心荒芜、心缚、六诤根、七随眠、八邪性、九嗔事、渴爱根、十不善业道、二十一种邪命、六十二见、一百八渴爱行相等种种差别的一千五百烦恼,连同习气,皆已断除、截断、根除。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能如法地诘难说:‘这些烦恼你未断除。’显示巴利原文
Yaṃ kiñci pahātabbaṃ nāma, sabbaṃ taṃ bhagavatā anavasesato bodhimūleyeva pahīnaṃ anuppattidhammaṃ, na tassa pahānāya uttari karaṇīyaṃ atthi . Tathā hissa lobhadosamohaviparītamanasikāraahirikānottappathinamiddha- kodhūpanāhamakkhapalāsaissāmacchariya- māyāsāṭheyyathambhasārambhamānātimānamadapamādatividhākusalamūladuccarita- visamasaññāmalavitakkapapañcaesanātaṇhācatubbidhavipariyesaāsava- ganthaoghayogāgatitaṇhupādānapañcābhinandananīvaraṇa- cetokhilacetasovinibandhachavivādamūlasattānusaya- aṭṭhamicchattanavaāghātavatthutaṇhāmūlakadasaakusala- kammapathaekavīsatianesanadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigataaṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritādippabhedaṃ diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ saha vāsanāya pahīnaṃ samucchinnaṃ samūhataṃ, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘ime nāma te kilesā appahīnā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
世尊所开示的种种障碍法,依其业、异熟、烦恼、讥嫌、违犯等差别,这些法必定足以成为障碍。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能如法地诘难说:‘对于行持这些法的人,它们不足以成为障碍。’显示巴利原文
Ye cime bhagavatā kammavipākakilesūpavādaāṇāvītikkamappabhedā antarāyikā dhammā vuttā, alameva te ekantena antarāyāya, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘nālaṃ te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi.
世尊为了无余地出离一切轮回之苦,开示了含摄戒、定、慧,分为七组、三十七品类,以圣道为先导的无上出离法。对于依此而行道的人,这出离法必定能令其从轮回之苦中出离。因此,没有任何沙门……乃至……梵天,能够如法地诘难说:‘你所开示的出离法并不能令人出离。’实际上,正如经中所说:‘你自称是正自觉者,但这些法你并未完全觉悟’等语广说。如此,世尊的这四种自信智——由对自己智慧的了知、对已断烦恼的了知、对所开示教法无伪殊胜性的了知,而以不颠倒的方式运作——是真实的、无谬的、无颠倒的。世尊因此如实成就,故称为‘如来’(tathāgato)。显示巴利原文
Yo ca bhagavatā niravasesavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇāya sīlasamādhipaññāsaṅgaho sattakoṭṭhāsiko sattatiṃsappabhedo ariyamaggapubbaṅgamo anuttaro niyyānadhammo desito, so ekanteneva niyyāti paṭipannassa vaṭṭadukkhato, yato naṃ koci samaṇo vā…pe… brahmā vā ‘‘niyyānadhammo tayā desito na niyyātī’’ti saha dhammena anuyuñjituṃ samattho natthi. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.150) vitthāro. Evametāni attano ñāṇappahānadesanāvisesānaṃ avitathabhāvāvabodhanato aviparītākārappavattāni bhagavato catuvesārajjañāṇāni tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,有地狱趣、畜生趣、鬼趣、人趣、天趣五种趣。其中,等活地狱等八个大地狱,火炭地狱等十六个小地狱,以及世界中间地狱——所有这些,因为纯粹是苦、毫无快乐可言,所以称为地狱;又因为是依自己的业而必须前往的地方,所以是趣,合称“地狱趣”。极黑暗的寒地狱也包含在其中。虫、蛆、蚱蜢、蛇、鸟、狗、豺等,因为身体横向而行,所以称为畜生;它们所去之处就是趣,因此是“畜生趣”。由于被饥渴逼迫、靠他人施舍而活、有烧燃般的渴爱等,痛苦众多而远离明显的快乐,因此称为鬼;它们所去之处就是趣,所以是“鬼趣”。黑耳等阿修罗也包含在鬼趣中。与住小洲的人一起,居住在赡部洲等四大洲的人类,因为心意高扬,所以称为人;他们所去之处就是趣,因此是“人趣”。从四大王天开始,直到非想非非想处的众生,这二十六种天部,因为凭借自己的威力而嬉戏、放光,显示巴利原文
Tathā nirayagati, tiracchānagati, petagati, manussagati, devagatīti pañca gatiyo. Tāsu sañjīvādayo aṭṭha mahānirayā , kukkuḷādayo soḷasa ussadanirayā, lokantarikanirayo cāti sabbepime ekantadukkhatāya nirassādaṭṭhena nirayā ca, sakakammunā gantabbato gati cāti nirayagati. Tibbandhakārasītanarakāpi etesveva antogadhā kimikīṭapaṭaṅgasarīsapapakkhisoṇasiṅgālādayo tiriyaṃ añchitabhāvena tiracchānā nāma. Te eva gatīti tiracchānagati. Khuppipāsitaparadattūpajīvinijjhāmataṇhikādayo dukkhabahulatāya pakaṭṭhasukhato itā vigatāti petā, te eva gatīti petagati. Kālakañcikādiasurāpi etesveva antogadhā. Parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ jambudīpādicatumahādīpavāsino manaso ussannatāya manussā, te eva gatīti manussagati. Cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagāti ime chabbīsati devanikāyā dibbanti attano iddhānubhāvena kīḷanti jotenti cāti devā, te eva gatīti devagati.
然而,这些“趣”是由种种业所引发的“再生有”的特殊状态,因此,从义理上说,它们即是异熟蕴与业生色。在此,世尊的智慧如是运作:依各自的因果来确定处与非处、因与非因,也就是辨别:“这一趣是由这种业而生的,这些众生群体由于该业的缘的差别,而如此划分成不同类别,彼此界限分明。”正因如此,世尊才说:显示巴利原文
Tā panetā gatiyo yasmā taṃtaṃkammanibbatto upapattibhavaviseso, tasmā atthato vipākakkhandhā kaṭattā ca rūpaṃ. Tattha ‘‘ayaṃ nāma gati nāma iminā kammunā jāyati, tassa kammassa paccayavisesehi evaṃ vibhāgabhinnattā visuṃ ete sattanikāyā evaṃ vibhāgabhinnā’’ti yathāsakaṃhetuphalavibhāgaparicchindanavasena ṭhānaso hetuso bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tenāha bhagavā –
“舍利弗,有此五种趣。哪五种?地狱、畜生道、鬼界、人、天。舍利弗,我了知地狱,了知通往地狱之道,了知通往地狱的修行途径;我也了知,一个依此修行的人,在身坏命终之后,会再生于恶趣、悲惨处、堕落处、地狱之中。”等等(《中部》1.153)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañca kho imā, sāriputta, gatiyo. Katamā pañca? Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā. Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi, nirayagāmiñca maggaṃ, nirayagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ; yathā paṭipanno ca kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, tañca pajānāmī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.153).
再者,世尊的这些智慧,在各自的领域中皆以不颠倒的方式生起,从不欺诳,因此它们是‘真实的’(tathāni)、‘无谬的’(avitathāni)、‘无变异的’(anaññathāni)。世尊也正因为如此真实地成就了这些智慧,所以被称为‘如来’(tathāgato)。显示巴利原文
Tāni panetāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tasmiṃ tasmiṃ visaye aviparītākārappavattiyā avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,世尊的‘根上下智’(indriyaparopariyattañāṇa),是通过彻底遍知众生在信等方面的素质有何不足,从而区分出‘少尘垢’(apparajakkha)与‘多尘垢’(mahārajakkha)等差别。这种智慧以五十种方式展现。实际上,经中也是这样说的:‘有信之人少尘垢,无信之人多尘垢’(《无碍解道》1.111)等等,有广泛的阐述。显示巴利原文
Tathā yaṃ sattānaṃ saddhādiyogavikalabhāvāvabodhena apparajakkhamahārajakkhatādivisesavibhāvanaṃ paññāsāya ākārehi pavattaṃ bhagavato indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.111) vitthāro.
以及世尊的‘意乐随眠智’(āsayānusayañāṇa),它如实显示众生的意乐等,并以这样的方式运作:例如了知‘此人少尘垢,此人是常见者(sassatadiṭṭhiko),此人是断灭见者(ucchedadiṭṭhiko),此人住于随顺忍(anulomikāyaṃ khantyā),此人住于如实智(yathābhūtañāṇe),此人是欲的意乐(kāmāsayo),而非出离等的意乐,此人是出离的意乐(nekkhammāsayo),而非欲等的意乐’;又如了知‘此人欲贪特别强盛,而非嗔恚等;此人嗔恚特别强盛,而非欲贪等’;再如了知‘此人的福行(puññābhisaṅkhāro)占优势,而非非福行和不动行;此人的非福行(apuññābhisaṅkhāro)占优势,而非福行和不动行;此人的不动行(āneñjābhisaṅkhāro)占优势,而非福行和非福行。此人身善行(kāyasucaritaṃ)较为突出,此人语善行(vacīs显示巴利原文
Yañca ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo apparajakkho, ayaṃ sassatadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ anulomikāyaṃ khantiyaṃ ṭhito, ayaṃ yathābhūtañāṇe ṭhito, ayaṃ kāmāsayo, na nekkhammādiāsayo, ayaṃ nekkhammāsayo, na kāmādiāsayo’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa kāmarāgo ativiya thāmagato, na paṭighādiko, imassa paṭigho ativiya thāmagato, na kāmarāgādiko’’tiādinā ‘‘imassa puññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na apuññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa apuññābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro, imassa āneñjābhisaṅkhāro adhiko, na puññābhisaṅkhāro na apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Imassa kāyasucaritaṃ adhikaṃ, imassa vacīsucaritaṃ, imassa manosucaritaṃ. Ayaṃ hīnādhimuttiko, ayaṃ paṇītādhimuttiko, ayaṃ kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ kilesāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato, ayaṃ na kammāvaraṇena samannāgato, na kilesāvaraṇena, na vipākāvaraṇena samannāgato’’tiādinā ca sattānaṃ āsayādīnaṃ yathābhūtaṃ vibhāvanākārappavattaṃ bhagavato āsayānusayañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
在此,如来了知众生的意乐,了知随眠,了知他们的行,了知他们的胜解,了知哪些众生有能、哪些无能。等等(《无碍解道》1.113)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha tathāgato sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti, adhimuttiṃ jānāti, bhabbābhabbe satte jānātī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.113).
以及世尊的双神变智,此智不与声闻弟子共通,能展现种种神变游戏:它从上半身、下半身、前身、后身,从右眼、左眼,右耳、左耳,右鼻孔、左鼻孔,右肩、左肩,两胁,手与脚,乃至手指之间、毛孔之间,同时涌出火堆与水流的。关于此智,经中曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Yañca uparimaheṭṭhimapuratthimapacchimakāyehi dakkhiṇavāmaakkhikaṇṇasotanāsikāsotaaṃsakūṭapassahatthapādehi aṅgulaṅgulantarehi lomalomakūpehi ca aggikkhandhūdakadhārāpavattanaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vividhavikubbaniddhinimmāpanakaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihāriyañāṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
“在此,如来展现声闻弟子所不共的双神变:从上半身涌出火堆,从下半身涌出水流的;从下半身涌出火堆,从上半身涌出水流。”等等(《无碍解道》1.116)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi. Uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.116).
以及大悲定智:这是世尊大悲心入定所生之智,以欲从贪欲、生等无量痛苦中救拔被逼恼的众生为缘,依种种方式而生起。如所说:显示巴利原文
Yañca rāgādīhi jātiādīhi ca anekehi dukkhadhammehi upaddutaṃ sattanikāyaṃ tato nīharitukāmatāvasena nānānayehi pavattassa bhagavato mahākaruṇokkamanassa paccayabhūtaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ. Yathāha –
“什么是如来的大悲定智呢?当诸佛世尊以种种方式观察时,大悲于众生中生起;当诸佛世尊观见‘世间居处正在炽燃’时,大悲于众生中生起。”——显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ? Bahukehi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati, āditto lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamatī’’ti. –
如《无碍解道》1.117等所说,就此以八十九种方式作了详细分别。显示巴利原文
Ādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.117) ekūnanavutiyā ākārehi vibhajanaṃ kataṃ.
然而,对于法界之中一切应当了知的——无论是有为、无为等,世尊拥有这样一种智慧:不依赖他人教导,即能以一切方式完全了知;仅凭意愿便得以运转,且不为其他如来所共有。由于此智遍知一切无余的有为、无为及世俗谛,故称为「一切知智」;又因此智无有障碍、无执著而生起,故也称为「无碍智」。此处略说,详情将于后文阐明。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana yāvatā dhammadhātu, yattakaṃ ñātabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatādi, tassa sabbassa paropadesena vinā sabbākārato paṭijānanasamatthaṃ ākaṅkhāmattappaṭibaddhavutti anaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ sabbathā anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutisaccāvabodhato sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tatthāvaraṇābhāvatova nissaṅgappavattiṃ upādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti ca vuccati. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana parato āvi bhavissati.
因此,世尊的这六种不共智,以无颠倒的方式生起,对各自的对象无有欺诳,故为「如」——即不虚妄、不异变。由此,世尊是如实而来,故称「如来」。显示巴利原文
Evametāni bhagavato cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni aviparītākārappavattiyā yathāsakaṃvisayassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
又如经中说:“诸比丘,有七觉支——念觉支、择法觉支、精进觉支、喜觉支、轻安觉支、定觉支、舍觉支。”(《无碍解道》2.17;《相应部》5.185)就自性相而言:在出世间道刹那生起时,这种以念等所分类的诸法和合,能对治昏沉、掉举、停滞、过度精勤、耽著欲乐、自我苦行、断见、常见等种种过患。圣弟子借此觉悟,从烦恼沉睡中觉醒,通达四圣谛,或亲证涅槃;这种诸法和合即称为「菩提」。属于此菩提的支分,就是「觉支」。或者,圣弟子因上述诸法和合而觉悟,故称「菩提」;属于菩提的支分,便是「觉支」。这是从共相来说。再从别相来说:念觉支以现起为相,择法觉支以简择为相,精进觉支以策励为相,喜觉支以遍满为相,轻安觉支以寂静为相,定觉支以无散乱为相,舍觉支以观察为相。显示巴利原文
Tathā ‘‘sattime, bhikkhave, bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pītisambojjhaṅgo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.17; saṃ. ni. 5.185) evaṃ sarūpato yāyaṃ lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānā līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtā satiādibhedā dhammasāmaggī, yāya ariyasāvako bujjhati, kilesaniddāya uṭṭhahati, cattāri vā saccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikaroti, sā dhammasāmaggī ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati, tassā bodhiyā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā. Ariyasāvako vā yathāvuttāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā ‘‘bodhī’’ti vuccati. Tassa bodhissa aṅgāti bojjhaṅgāti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato, upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇo satisambojjhaṅgo, pavicayalakkhaṇo dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, paggahalakkhaṇo vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, pharaṇalakkhaṇo pītisambojjhaṅgo, upasamalakkhaṇo passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, avikkhepalakkhaṇo samādhisambojjhaṅgo paṭisaṅkhānalakkhaṇo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgoti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato.
其中,什么是念觉支?在此,有比丘具足正念,拥有最上的正念与善巧,对久远所作、久远所说都能记忆、随念。这些文句依七觉支相互资助之力,显示了它们在同一刹那中生起的方式。又如:‘其中,什么是念觉支?即对内在诸法有念、对外在诸法有念。’这些文句则显示了觉支所缘境显现时的生起方式。又如:‘在此,诸比丘,比丘修习念觉支,依于远离、依于离贪、依于灭尽,趋向于舍遣。’这些文句显示了修习的方式。又如:‘其中,什么是七觉支?在此,比丘有时修习出世间禅那……那时,即有七觉支:念觉支……乃至……舍觉支。其中,什么是念觉支?即是念、随念。’这些文句,以九十六千种理趣进行分别。如此,以种种方式生起、阐明世尊觉支的智慧,对于各自对应的义理无有欺诳,这便是‘如’,即不虚妄、不变异。因此,世尊是前来成就此‘如’,故称为‘如来’。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā hoti anussaritā’’tiādinā (vibha. 467) sattannaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ aññamaññūpakāravasena ekakkhaṇe pavattidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Atthi ajjhattaṃ dhammesu sati, atthi bahiddhā dhammesu satī’’tiādinā (vibha. 469) tesaṃ visayavibhāvanāpavattidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ, virāganissitaṃ, nirodhanissitaṃ, vosaggapariṇāmi’’ntiādinā (vibha. 471) bhāvanāvidhidassanato. ‘‘Tattha katame satta bojjhaṅgā? Idha bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… tasmiṃ samaye satta bojjhaṅgā honti, satisambojjhaṅgo…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo. Tattha katamo satisambojjhaṅgo? Yā sati anussatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 478) chanavutiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ nānākārato pavattāni bhagavato bojjhaṅgavibhāvanañāṇāni tassa tassa atthassa avisaṃvādanato tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,‘其中,什么是趣向苦灭之道圣谛?即是这八支圣道,也就是:正见……乃至……正定。’这是从自性相所作的说明。因其远离一切烦恼、能成就圣者之质、能证得圣果,故名为‘圣’。因其具足八支,且是证得涅槃的唯一之因,故名为‘八支’。它能杀灭烦恼而行,被希求解脱者所追寻,或自身寻求涅槃,故名为‘道’。这是从共相所作的说明。‘正见以通达为正见相,正思惟以正安立为相,正语以正执持为相,正业以正发起为相,正命以正净除为相,正精进以正策励为相,正念以正现起为相,正定以正无散乱为相。’这是从别相所作的说明。正见首先能断除邪见及其他敌对烦恼,以涅槃为所缘,通过摧毁覆盖的痴暗,使相应诸法无迷惑地观照。同样地,正思惟等支也能断除邪思惟等,以灭尽为所缘,并对俱生诸法作正安立、执持、发起、净除、策励、现起与安止。这是从作用分别所作的说明。正见在加行阶段有多刹那,各各以苦等为所缘;在道刹那则是同一刹那,唯以涅槃为所缘,并依作用而得‘苦智’等四名。正思惟等在加行阶段有多刹那、多所缘;在道刹那则是同一刹那、同一所缘,其中正思惟依作用而得‘出离思惟’等三名。显示巴利原文
Tathā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti (vibha. 205) evaṃ sarūpato. Sabbakilesehi ārakattā ariyabhāvakarattā ariyaphalapaṭilābhakarattā ca ariyo. Ariyānaṃ aṭṭhavidhattā nibbānādhigamāya ekantakāraṇattā ca aṭṭhaṅgiko. Kilese mārento gacchati, atthikehi maggīyati, sayaṃ vā nibbānaṃ maggayatīti maggoti evaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇato. ‘‘Sammādassanalakkhaṇā sammādiṭṭhi, sammāabhiniropanalakkhaṇo sammāsaṅkappo , sammāpariggahaṇalakkhaṇā sammāvācā , sammāsamuṭṭhāpanalakkhaṇo sammākammanto, sammāvodānalakkhaṇo sammāājīvo, sammāpaggahalakkhaṇo sammāvāyāmo, sammāupaṭṭhānalakkhaṇā sammāsati , sammāavikkhepalakkhaṇo sammāsamādhī’’ti evaṃ visesalakkhaṇato. Sammādiṭṭhi tāva aññehipi attano paccanīkakilesehi saddhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, tappaṭicchādakamohavidhamanena asammohato sampayuttadhamme ca passati, tathā sammāsaṅkappādayopi micchāsaṅkappādīni pajahanti, nirodhañca ārammaṇaṃ karonti, sahajātadhammānaṃ sammāabhiniropanapariggahaṇasamuṭṭhāpanavodānapaggahaupaṭṭhānasamādahanāni ca karontīti evaṃ kiccavibhāgato. Sammādiṭṭhi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā visuṃ dukkhādiārammaṇā hutvā maggakāle ekakkhaṇā nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccato ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇa’’ntiādīni cattāri nāmāni labhati. Sammāsaṅkappādayopi pubbabhāge nānakkhaṇā nānārammaṇā, maggakāle ekakkhaṇā ekārammaṇā, tesu sammāsaṅkappo kiccato ‘‘nekkhammasaṅkappo’’tiādīni tīṇi nāmāni labhati. Sammāvācādayo tayo pubbabhāge ‘‘musāvādā veramaṇī’’tiādivibhāgā viratiyopi cetanāyopi hutvā maggakkhaṇe viratiyova, sammāvāyāmasatiyo kiccato sammappadhānasatipaṭṭhānavasena cattāri nāmāni labhanti. Sammāsamādhi pana maggakkhaṇepi paṭhamajjhānādivasena nānā evāti evaṃ pubbabhāgāparabhāgesu pavattivibhāgato. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’ntiādinā (vibha. 489) bhāvanāvidhito. ‘‘Tattha katamo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo? Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāveti…pe… dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo hoti – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo’’tiādinā (vibha. 499) caturāsītiyā nayasahassavibhāgehīti evaṃ anekākārato pavattāni bhagavato ariyamaggavibhāvanañāṇāni atthassa avisaṃvādanato sabbānipi tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
同样地,对于初禅等至及灭尽定等至,也就是这些渐次住等至,世尊的智慧以成就、观察等适当方式,以及与诸法相应俱行的方式而生起;由于达成了这些等至所要成就的意义,所以此智慧是如实的、不虚妄的、不异变的。由此,世尊也是前来成就此‘如’,故称为‘如来’。同样地,‘此为某事之处、非处’,如是毫无颠倒地了知每一个结果的因与非因;对有情们过去等不同种类业之所造,毫无遗漏地如实了知它们各自的异熟;在造业的刹那,如实了知‘这是通往地狱之道……这是通往涅槃之道’,并了知有漏业与无漏业的区别;对蕴、处等,既了知其有已取、未取等多种自性,也依‘由某界增盛,于此法的相续中产生如是差别’等理则,如实了知种种不同的界之差别;了知信等诸根的利钝;了知杂染等与禅那、解脱等的关系;在有情无量的生死中,连同那些相续,毫无余遗地了知过去所住诸蕴的相续;以劣、胜等分别,连同死与结生,皆能了知;又如随后所述的方式,了知‘此是苦’等四圣谛——这些世尊的十力智,因能毫无错误地各各深入其对象,并成就了所期望的目的,皆是如实的,因此是‘如’。显示巴利原文
Tathā paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiyā ca nirodhasamāpattīti etāsu anupaṭipāṭiyā viharitabbaṭṭhena samāpajjitabbaṭṭhena ca anupubbavihārasamāpattīsu sampādanapaccavekkhaṇādivasena yathārahaṃ sampayogavasena ca pavattāni bhagavato ñāṇāni tadatthasiddhiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato. Tathā ‘‘idaṃ imassa ṭhānaṃ , idaṃ aṭṭhāna’’nti aviparītaṃ tassa tassa phalassa kāraṇākāraṇajānanaṃ, tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ atītādibhedabhinnassa kammasamādānassa anavasesato yathābhūtaṃ vipākantarajānanaṃ, āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva tassa tassa sattassa ‘‘ayaṃ nirayagāminī paṭipadā…pe… ayaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yāthāvato sāsavānāsavakammavibhāgajānanaṃ, khandhāyatanānaṃ upādinnānupādinnādianekasabhāvaṃ nānāsabhāvañca tassa lokassa ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imasmiṃ dhammappabandhe ayaṃ viseso jāyatī’’tiādinā nayena yathābhūtaṃ dhātunānattajānanaṃ, saddhādiindriyānaṃ tikkhamudutājānanaṃ saṃkilesādīhi saddhiṃ jhānavimokkhādijānanaṃ, sattānaṃ aparimāṇāsu jātīsu tappaṭibandhena saddhiṃ anavasesato pubbenivutthakkhandhasantatijānanaṃ hīnādivibhāgehi saddhiṃ cutipaṭisandhijānanaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva catusaccajānananti imāni bhagavato dasabalañāṇāni avirajjhitvā yathāsakaṃvisayāvagāhanato yathādhippetatthasādhanato ca yathābhūtavuttiyā tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Vuttañhetaṃ –
于此,如来如实了知处是处、非处是非处等(《分别》809;《增支部》10.21)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha tathāgato ṭhānañca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’tiādi (vibha. 809; a. ni. 10.21).
同样地,世尊如实到达,故称“如来”。显示巴利原文
Evampi bhagavā tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
正如依于这些智,同样地,依于前述四念处、正勤等辨别智等——其品类无量、不可计数,以及不共的殊胜智慧,世尊已到达、已证得那些如实之智,故称“如来”;也正因如实到达,故称“如来”。显示巴利原文
Yathā cetesampi ñāṇānaṃ vasena, evaṃ yathāvuttānaṃ satipaṭṭhānasammappadhānādivibhāvanañāṇādianantāparimeyyabhedānaṃ anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ paññāvisesānaṃ vasena bhagavā tathāni ñāṇāni āgato adhigatoti tathāgato, evampi tathāni āgatoti tathāgato.
为何以‘如去’而名为‘如来’?世尊的殊胜降生、正等觉、法与律的施设、无余涅槃界——这些是如实的。这是什么意思呢?就是说,这些是世间依怙所希求并施设的,其目的必然成就而无欺诳,其意义无颠倒,故为如实、不虚、不异。例如,当这位世尊身为菩萨时,圆满三十种波罗蜜等前述一切佛陀因行,住于兜率天。听到佛陀出世的声音时,一万个轮围世界的天人们共聚一处,前来劝请:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yā tā bhagavato abhijātiabhisambodhidhammavinayapaññāpanaanupādisesanibbānadhātuyo, tā tathā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yadatthaṃ tā lokanāthena abhipatthitā pavattitā ca, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā avisaṃvādanato aviparītatthavuttiyā tathā avitathā anaññathā. Tathā hi ayaṃ bhagavā bodhisattabhūto samatiṃsapāramiparipūraṇādikaṃ vuttappakāraṃ sabbabuddhattahetuṃ sampādetvā tusitapure ṭhito buddhakolāhalaṃ sutvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi ekato sannipatitāhi upasaṅkamitvā –
大雄,时机已至,请降入母胎;
度化含天人的世间,请觉悟不死之境。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.67) –
受劝请后,前兆已现,他遍观五种广大观察,心想:“我今当降生人间,成就正自觉。”即于阿沙荼月满月日,托胎于释迦王族摩诃摩耶王后胎中。十个月间,天人及世人以大恭敬守护之,至毗舍佉月满月日破晓时分,达成殊胜降生。显示巴利原文
Āyācito uppannapubbanimitto pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā ‘‘idāni ahaṃ manussayoniyaṃ uppajjitvā abhisambujjhissāmī’’ti āsāḷhipuṇṇamāyaṃ sakyarājakule mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā dasa māse devamanussehi mahatā parihārena parihariyamāno visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ paccūsasamaye abhijātiṃ pāpuṇi.
于殊胜降生之时,如同结生时一般,三十二种前兆显现:此一万世界界震动、强烈震动、普皆震动;在一万个轮围世界中,无量光明遍照;犹如渴望见到他的庄严,盲者得目,聋者闻声,哑者能言,驼者身直,跛者能行;所有被囚牢狱中的众生,皆从镣铐、枷锁等束缚中解脱;一切地狱之火熄灭;饿鬼中饥渴得以止息;畜生无所畏惧;一切众生疾病痊愈;一切众生言语柔和;马发出悦耳的嘶鸣与欣悦之声;象发出吼声;一切乐器不奏自鸣妙音;人身所佩璎珞等不经触碰便发出悦耳之响;所有方向顿时清净;令众生愉悦的轻柔凉风拂送;非时之雨降下;大地涌出水流;飞鸟停在空中不再飞翔;河流静止不流;大海之水变为甘甜;在离垢的日光中,空中一切星光俨然显现;除无色界天外,其余一切天人与一切地狱有情皆成可见之形;树木、墙壁、门扉、岩石等皆无有障碍;众生的死与生不得显现;一切不可意之臭被掩除,天香遍熏;一切结果之树悉皆满结果实;大海处处由五色莲花覆盖;陆显示巴利原文
Abhijātikkhaṇe panassa paṭisandhiggahaṇakkhaṇe viya dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni pāturahesuṃ, ayaṃ dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu aparimāṇo obhāso phari, tassa, taṃ siriṃ daṭṭhukāmā viya andhā cakkhūni paṭilabhiṃsu, badhirā saddaṃ suṇiṃsu, mūgā samālapiṃsu, khujjā ujugattā ahesuṃ, paṅgulā padasā gamanaṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, bandhanagatā sabbasattā andubandhanādīhi mucciṃsu, sabbanarakesu aggi nibbāyi, pettivisaye khuppipāsā vūpasami, tiracchānānaṃ bhayaṃ nāhosi, sabbasattānaṃ rogo vūpasami, sabbasattā piyaṃvadā ahesuṃ, madhurenākārena assā hasiṃsu, vāraṇā gajjiṃsu, sabbatūriyāni sakasakaninnādaṃ muñciṃsu, aghaṭṭitāni eva manussānaṃ hatthūpagādīni ābharaṇāni madhurenākārena saddaṃ muñciṃsu, sabbadisā vippasannā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ sukhaṃ uppādayamāno mudusītalavāto vāyi, akālamegho vassi, pathavitopi udakaṃ ubbhijjitvā vissandi, pakkhino ākāsagamanaṃ vijahiṃsu, nadiyo asandamānā aṭṭhaṃsu, mahāsamudde madhuraṃ udakaṃ ahosi, upakkilesavinimutte sūriye dippamāne eva ākāsagatā sabbā jotiyo jotiṃsu, ṭhapetvā arūpāvacare deve avasesā sabbe devā sabbe ca nerayikā dissamānarūpā ahesuṃ, tarukuṭṭakavāṭaselādayo anāvaraṇabhūtā ahesuṃ, sattānaṃ cutūpapātā nāhesuṃ, sabbaṃ aniṭṭhagandhaṃ abhibhavitvā dibbagandho pavāyi, sabbe phalūpagā rukkhā phaladharā sampajjiṃsu, mahāsamuddo sabbatthakameva pañcavaṇṇehi padumehi sañchannatalo ahosi, thalajajalajādīni sabbapupphāni pupphiṃsu, rukkhānaṃ khandhesu khandhapadumāni, sākhāsu sākhāpadumāni, latāsu latāpadumāni, pupphiṃsu, mahītalasilātalāni bhinditvā uparūpari satta satta hutvā daṇḍapadumāni nāma nikkhamiṃsu, ākāse olambakapadumāni nibbattiṃsu, samantato pupphavassaṃ vassi ākāse dibbatūriyāni vajjiṃsu, sakaladasasahassilokadhātu vaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhamālāguḷaṃ viya, uppīḷetvā pavattamālākalāpo viya, alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mālāsanaṃ viya ca ekamālāmālinī vipphurantavāḷabījanī pupphadhūpagandhaparivāsitā paramasobhaggappattā ahosi, tāni ca pubbanimittāni upari adhigatānaṃ anekesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ nimittabhūtāni eva ahesuṃ. Evaṃ anekacchariyapātubhāvā ayaṃ abhijāti yadatthaṃ tena abhipatthitā, tassā abhisambodhiyā ekantasiddhiyā tathāva ahosi avitathā anaññathā.
同样地,那些应由佛陀调伏、应与觉悟结缘的亲族们,他们全都被世尊亲自调伏,没有任何遗漏。而那些应由声闻调伏和应由法调伏的,也由声闻等调伏,将会得到调伏。因此,世尊所希求的「正等觉」,由于该目的的必然成就,所以正等觉是如实、不虚、不异的。显示巴利原文
Tathā ye buddhaveneyyā bodhaneyyabandhavā, te sabbepi anavasesato sayameva bhagavatā vinītā. Ye ca sāvakaveneyyā dhammaveneyyā ca, tepi sāvakādīhi vinītā vinayaṃ gacchanti gamissanti cāti yadatthaṃ bhagavatā abhisambodhi abhipatthitā, tadatthassa ekantasiddhiyā abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
再者,对于任何所应知的法,其每一应被觉悟的自性,世尊仅凭与之相应的作意,便以自智毫无颠倒、毫无遗漏地完全证知,犹如掌中的庵摩罗果。是故,此‘正等觉’亦是如实、不虚、不异的。显示巴利原文
Apica yassa yassa ñeyyadhammassa yo yo sabhāvo bujjhitabbo, so so hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya āvajjanamattapaṭibaddhena attano ñāṇena aviparītaṃ anavasesato bhagavatā abhisambuddhoti evampi abhisambodhi tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样,世尊如实观察一一法当如何宣说,又如实观察一一有情的意乐、随眠、行迹与胜解;既不违失法性,也不逾越假名施设——仅作为言说安立的界限,以此阐明法性;随其过犯、随其意乐、随顺法理而作教诫。如是,他将应调伏者予以调伏,令其到达圣者之地。是故,其‘法与律的施设’,由于义利成就、如实言说,亦是如实、不虚、不异的。显示巴利原文
Tathā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ tathā tathā desetabbappakāraṃ, tesaṃ tesañca sattānaṃ āsayānusayacariyādhimuttiṃ sammadeva oloketvā dhammataṃ avijahanteneva paññattinayaṃ vohāramattaṃ anatidhāvanteneva ca dhammataṃ vibhāventena yathāparādhaṃ yathājjhāsayaṃ yathādhammañca anusāsantena bhagavatā veneyyā vinītā ariyabhūmiṃ sampāpitāti dhammavinayapaññāpanāpissa tadatthasiddhiyā yathābhūtavuttiyā ca tathā avitathā anaññathā.
同样,世尊所证得的那个境界——超越地、水等触,以及受等色与非色的自性;因无任何坏灭与崩坏之相,而超越世间性;因远离黑暗,故不为任何事物所照;又因无有世间性,故无来去等相;无住处、无所缘,是甘露、殊胜的大涅槃界。由于在名为‘蕴’的所执取中,连最微细的一分亦无所有,故被称为‘无余’。对此,经中说:显示巴利原文
Tathā yā sā bhagavatā anuppattā pathaviyādiphassavedanādirūpārūpasabhāvanimuttā lujjanapalujjanabhāvābhāvato lokasabhāvātītā tamasā visaṃsaṭṭhattā kenaci anobhāsanīyā lokasabhāvābhāvato eva gatiādibhāvarahitā appatiṭṭhā anārammaṇā amatamahānibbānadhātu khandhasaṅkhātānaṃ upādīnaṃ lesamattassāpi abhāvato ‘‘anupādisesā’’tipi vuccati. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
诸比丘,存在那样的处所:那里没有地,没有水,没有火,没有风;没有空无边处,没有识无边处,没有无所有处,没有非想非非想处;没有此世界,没有他世界,也没有日月。诸比丘,对于那个处所,我不说有来,不说有去,不说有住,不说有死,也不说有再生;它无所依,无所转,无所缘。这,就是苦的尽头。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī na āpo na tejo na vāyo na ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ na viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ na ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nāyaṃ loko na paro loko na ca ubho candimasūriyā. Tamahaṃ, bhikkhave, neva āgatiṃ vadāmi na gatiṃ na ṭhitiṃ na cutiṃ na upapattiṃ; appatiṭṭhaṃ appavattaṃ anārammaṇamevetaṃ esevanto dukkhassā’’ti (udā. 71).
这无余涅槃界,即是一切取蕴的灭尽、一切行的止息、一切依着的舍离、一切苦的平息、一切执着的拔除、一切轮回的截断,以毕竟寂静为特征。其自性永无欺诳,故名为‘如’、‘不异如’、‘无他异’。如此,对于这些‘如’等事物,已如实去、到达、获得、证得、抵达者,即是如来。是故,世尊义兼‘如去’,名为如来。显示巴利原文
Sā sabbesampi upādānakkhandhānaṃ atthaṅgamo sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatho, sabbūpadhīnaṃ paṭinissaggo, sabbadukkhānaṃ vūpasamo, sabbālayānaṃ samugghāto, sabbavaṭṭānaṃ upacchedo, accantasantilakkhaṇāti yathāvuttasabhāvassa kadācipi avisaṃvādanato tathā avitathā anaññathā . Evametā abhijātiādikā tathā gato upagato adhigato paṭipanno pattoti tathāgato. Evaṃ bhagavā tathā gatoti tathāgato.
为何说‘如彼同状者’而称为如来呢?过去那些正自觉者是怎样,我们的世尊也是这样。这是什么意思?那些世尊所具足的——于道之戒、果之戒,乃至一切世间出世间之戒;于道之定、果之定,乃至一切世间出世间之定;于道之慧、果之慧,乃至一切世间出世间之慧;于每日所行的二十四百千亿定住;于智解、镇伏解、正断解、安息解、出离解——概而言之,即是具足无量无边差别、不可思议威德的一切知智之功德,我们的世尊也都同样具足。虽然一切正自觉者在寿命、身量、家族、难行、身光这五种差异上可能有所差别,但在戒清净等清净、止观行道以及自己所通达的功德上,却没有任何不同。如同剖开的金子彼此无别,诸佛世尊悉皆平等。是故,过去正自觉者是怎样,我们的世尊也就是怎样。所以说,‘如彼同状者’即是如来。此处,‘gata’一词具有‘...显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato? Yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathāvidhā te bhagavanto maggasīlena, phalasīlena, sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasīlena, maggasamādhinā, phalasamādhinā, sabbenapi lokiyalokuttarasamādhinā, maggapaññāya, phalapaññāya, sabbāyapi lokiyalokuttarapaññāya, devasikaṃ vaḷañjitabbehi catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattivihārehi, tadaṅgavimuttiyā vikkhambhanavimuttiyā samucchedavimuttiyā paṭippassaddhivimuttiyā nissaraṇavimuttiyāti saṅkhepato, vitthārato pana anantāparimāṇabhedehi acinteyyānubhāvehi sakalasabbaññuguṇehi, ayampi amhākaṃ bhagavā tathāvidho. Sabbesañhi sammāsambuddhānaṃ āyuvemattaṃ, sarīrappamāṇavemattaṃ, kulavemattaṃ, dukkaracariyāvemattaṃ, rasmivemattanti imehi pañcahi vemattehi siyā vemattaṃ, na pana sīlavisuddhiādīsu visuddhīsu samathavipassanāpaṭipattiyaṃ attanā paṭividdhaguṇesu ca kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ atthi, atha kho majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya aññaṃmaññaṃ nibbisesā te buddhā bhagavanto. Tasmā yathāvidhā purimakā sammāsambuddhā, ayampi bhagavā tathāvidho. Evaṃ tathāvidhoti tathāgato. Vidhattho cettha gatasaddo. Tathā hi lokiyā vidhayuttagatasadde pakāratthe vadanti.
何谓“如其行转”而名为如来?因世尊具备不与外道共的独有神变威力,已达义无碍解等之究竟圆满,并获得了无碍智,故其身、语、意行于一切处皆无障碍,能随其意愿而行。此“行”,即身、语、意之活动,为他所具,故称如来。是故,“如其行转”而得称如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāpavattikoti tathāgato? Anaññasādhāraṇena iddhānubhāvena samannāgatattā atthapaṭisambhidādīnaṃ ukkaṃsapāramippattiyā anāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābhena ca bhagavato kāyappavattiyādīnaṃ katthaci paṭighātābhāvato yathāruci tathā gataṃ gati gamanaṃ kāyavacīcittappavatti etassāti tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāpavattikoti tathāgato.
何谓“以如实智而不去”而名为如来?在积累菩提资粮时,与资粮相违的运作,于他而言已不复存在,故名为“不去”。此“不去”性,乃由如实智慧所成就,即正确观察悭吝与布施巴拉密等之过患、功德等行相而生起的智慧。以如实智而不去,故名如来。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathehi agatoti tathāgato? Bodhisambhārasambharaṇe tappaṭipakkhappavattisaṅkhātaṃ natthi etassa gatanti agato. So panassa agatabhāvo maccheradānapāramiādīsu aviparītaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇādinayappavattehi ñāṇehīti tathehi ñāṇehi agatoti tathāgato.
又如:烦恼与诸行之运转,或即五蕴之运转,于他而言,已不再有趋向五趣的行与运转,因此名为“不去”。此“不去”性,乃由证得有余涅槃及无余涅槃,并以如实的圣道智所成就。如是,世尊亦可以“以如实智而来”而名如来。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kilesābhisaṅkhārappavattisaṅkhātaṃ khandhappavattisaṅkhātameva vā pañcasupi gatīsu gataṃ gamanaṃ etassa natthīti agato. Saupādisesaanupādisesanibbānappattiyā svāyamassa agatabhāvo tathehi ariyamaggañāṇehīti evampi bhagavā tathehi āgatoti tathāgato.
为何因“如来性”而被称为如来?“因如来性”,意思是如来所具有的真实之性,即存在的状态。那么,世尊所具有、并由此被称为如来的“如来”是什么?就是正法。正法中,道法是以止观双运之力,通过正断彻底灭尽烦恼众,如其所应而往;果法随顺自道,依安息断而如其所应而往;涅槃法被智慧所通达,为了完全止息一切轮转之苦而成就,被诸佛等所证悟,如其所应而往,即已作证,故为如来。教理法也是如此:如同过去诸佛以修多罗、祇夜等形式,为随顺众生意乐等而宣说、显示流转之理,我们的世尊也同样如此而行——宣说、流布,故为如来。又或者,如同世尊所宣说的法,世尊的声闻们也如此而行——已经了知、通达,从这一角度亦可称为如来。因此,一切正法都是如来。所以诸天之王帝释说:“如来为天人所崇敬,我们顶礼正法,愿得安乐。”(《小诵》6)。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tathāgatabhāvena tathāgato? Tathāgatabhāvenāti ca tathāgatassa sabbhāvena, atthitāyāti attho. Ko panesa tathāgato, yassa atthitāya bhagavā tathāgatoti vuccatīti? Saddhammo. Saddhammo hi ariyamaggo tāva yathā yuganaddhasamathavipassanābalena anavasesakilesapakkhaṃ samūhanantena samucchedappahānavasena gantabbaṃ, tathā gato. Phaladhammo yathā attano maggānurūpaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānavasena gantabbaṃ, tathā gato pavatto. Nibbānadhammo pana yathā gato paññāya paṭividdho sakalavaṭṭadukkhavūpasamāya sampajjati, buddhādīhi tathā gato sacchikatoti tathāgato. Pariyattidhammopi yathā purimabuddhehi suttageyyādivasena pavattiādippakāsanavasena ca veneyyānaṃ āsayādianurūpaṃ pavattito, amhākampi bhagavatā tathā gato gadito pavattitoti vā tathāgato. Yathā bhagavatā desito, tathā bhagavato sāvakehi gato avagatoti tathāgato. Evaṃ sabbopi saddhammo tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devānamindo ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, dhammaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti (khu. pā. 6.17; su. ni. 240). Svāssa atthīti bhagavā tathāgato.
如同对法所说,圣僧也是如此:那些为了自利与利他而修行的人,先以极为清净的前分止观之道为导,再经由各各圣道应行而行,这便是如其所应而行于各各之道,故可称为如来。或是,如世尊所教导的谛、缘起等道理,因为已经成佛,所以能够如实言说,由此也可称为如来。因此,诸天王帝释说:“如来为天人所崇敬,我们顶礼僧伽,愿得安乐。”(《小诵》6.18;《经集》241)而这个僧伽作为声闻,也是世尊所具有的,故世尊是如来。这就是因“如来性”而称为如来。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca dhammo, evaṃ ariyasaṅghopi, yathā attahitāya parahitāya ca paṭipannehi suvisuddhaṃ pubbabhāgasamathavipassanāpaṭipadaṃ purakkhatvā tena tena maggena gantabbaṃ, taṃ taṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato. Yathā vā bhagavatā saccapaṭiccasamuppādādinayo desito, tathā ca buddhattā tathā gadanato ca tathāgato. Tenāha sakko devarājā – ‘‘tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ, saṅghaṃ namassāma suvatthi hotū’’ti (khu. pā. 6.18; su. ni. 241), svāssa sāvakabhūto atthīti bhagavā tathāgato. Evaṃ tathāgatabhāvena tathāgato.
以上仅是显示如来之所以为如来的一个扼要开端,因为唯有如来自己才能以一切方式圆满地说明如来的如来性。因为“如来”这个词意义深远、旨向广大、境界广阔,正如“不放逸”一词,即使将三藏佛语依理依义尽数铺陈,也不应被说成是“说法者不知满足地穷举”。显示巴利原文
Idampi tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvadīpane mukhamattakameva, sabbākārena pana tathāgatova tathāgatassa tathāgatabhāvaṃ vaṇṇeyya. Idañhi tathāgatapadaṃ mahatthaṃ, mahāgatikaṃ, mahāvisayaṃ, tassa appamādapadassa viya tepiṭakampi buddhavacanaṃ yuttito atthabhāvena āharanto ‘‘atitthena dhammakathiko pakkhando’’ti na vattabboti.
对此,这样说:显示巴利原文
Tatthetaṃ vuccati –
依定与智,正如往昔诸胜者所行;
往昔的释迦牟尼,具足光辉者,
如是以往,故名为如来。
又指界、处等诸法之特相,
从自性、共通、分别与差别等角度而言;
彼以自然智成为胜者而来至此,
这位释迦族的牛王即称为‘如来’。
他以遍眼如实照见了那些真理,
同样地,亦完全照见这缘起;
这些真理无需他人引导,便能以正理阐明,
正因如此而去,这位胜利者即称如来。
在种种各不相同的世间界中,
胜利者对于色处等种种行境的差别,
其知见皆同样如实,
因此,如来名为“遍眼”。
自从他如实说法,
并使言行与自身相应;
他以功德超越世间而安住,
因此,如来亦被称作世间导师。
他如是遍知,如是如实、彻底地,
他了达世间,并超越其根源;
他由现证而到达寂灭。
他的“如是”宣称与“如实”全然一致,
他为了利益世间,如此而来;
同样,世尊常怀悲悯,恒时行化;
也因如此行去,胜利者故称如来。
由于语、身、心转起的状态如此微细
故称名为‘如来’——最上士
在圆满觉悟的资粮成熟之前
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yatheva loke purimā mahesino, Sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā; Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, Tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā. ‘‘Pahāya kāmādimale asesato, Samādhiñāṇehi yathā gatā jinā; Purātanā sakyamunī jutindharo, Tathā gato tena tathāgato mato. ‘‘Tathañca dhātāyatanādilakkhaṇaṃ, Sabhāvasāmaññavibhāgabhedato; Sayambhuñāṇena jinoyamāgato, Tathāgato vuccati sakyapuṅgavo. ‘‘Tathāni saccāni samantacakkhunā, Tathā idappaccayatā ca sabbaso; Anaññaneyyā nayato vibhāvitā, Tathā gato tena jino tathāgato. ‘‘Anekabhedāsupi lokadhātusu, Jinassa rūpāyatanādigocare; Vicittabhede tathameva dassanaṃ, Tathāgato tena samantalocano. ‘‘Yato ca dhammaṃ tathameva bhāsati, Karoti vācāyanurūpamattano; Guṇehi lokaṃ abhibhuyyirīyati, Tathāgato tenapi lokanāyako. ‘‘Tathā pariññāya tathāya sabbaso, Avedi lokaṃ pabhavaṃ atikkami; Gato ca paccakkhakiriyāya nibbutiṃ, Ariyamaggañca gato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathā paṭiññāya tathāya sabbaso, Hitāya lokassa yatoyamāgato; Tathāya nātho karuṇāya sabbadā, Gato ca tenāpi jino tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāni ñāṇāni yatoyamāgato, Yathāsabhāvaṃ visayāvabodhato; Tathābhijātippabhutī tathāgato, Tadatthasampādanato tathāgato. ‘‘Yathāvidhā te purimā mahesino, Tathāvidhoyampi tathā yathāruci; Pavattavācā tanucittabhāvato, Tathāgato vuccati aggapuggalo. ‘‘Sambodhisambhāravipakkhato pure,
所谓“已去”,并非轮回意义上的去;显示巴利原文
Gataṃ na saṃsāragatampi tassa vā;
见到生存过患之人,其实并无依怙;
正因如此,如来乃无来者,故称如来。
显示巴利原文 Na catthi nāthassa bhavantadassino, Tathehi tasmā agato tathāgato. ‘‘Tathāgato dhammavaro mahesinā, Yathā pahātabbamalaṃ pahīyati; Tathāgato ariyagaṇo vināyako, Tathāgato tena samaṅgibhāvato’’ti.
在‘阿拉汉、正自觉者’一词中,‘阿拉汉’的意思已于前文解释。所谓‘正自觉者’:由于他正确且完全依靠自己觉悟了一切法,故称正自觉者。也就是说,任何名为‘所知’者,他都能以一切方式、毫无颠倒地,完全依靠自己彻底觉悟其全部。这便显示他不依他人教导,具备以一切方式通达一切法的能力,断尽一切犹豫疑惑,亦即证得名为‘无碍智’的一切知智。显示巴利原文
Arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhanti ettha arahāti padassa attho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhaṃ. Yaṃkiñci ñeyyaṃ nāma, tassa sabbassapi sabbākārato aviparītato sayameva abhisambuddhattāti vuttaṃ hoti. Imināssa paropadesarahitassa sabbākārena sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttino anāvaraṇañāṇasaṅkhātassa sabbaññutaññāṇassa adhigamo dassito.
难道不会与‘在一切知智之外另有别的无碍智,否则六不共智就成了佛陀之智’这一说法相违吗?并不相违。因为这是为了依所缘境界与生起方式的差别,开示对于他人不共的方面,才将同一智慧说为两种。事实上,同一智慧以无余的有为法、无为法及施设法为所缘境,故称‘一切知智’;又由于对这些法毫无障碍,依无著而行,故称‘无碍智’。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca sabbaññutaññāṇato aññaṃ anāvaraṇaṃ, aññathā cha asādhāraṇāni ñāṇāni buddhañāṇānīti vacanaṃ virujjheyyāti? Na virujjhati, visayappavattibhedavasena aññehi asādhāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ ekasseva ñāṇassa dvidhā vuttattā. Ekameva hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutidhammavisayatāya sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha ca āvaraṇābhāvato nissaṅgacāramupādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti vuttaṃ. Yathāha paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
正如《无碍解道》所说:‘了知一切有为法与无为法而无余,故称一切知智;于彼无有障碍,故称无碍智。’等等(《无碍解道》1.119)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sabbaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhataṃ anavasesaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇa’’ntiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.119).
因此,从义理而言,它们并无差别,这一点应绝然如此认可。否则,便会造成一切知智与无碍智成为共通之智,且不以一切法为所缘的过失。实际上,世尊之智无有纤毫障碍;若‘无碍智’不缘一切法,则于其不转起处即存有障碍,如此则无碍性便不得成立。再者,即便承许无碍智有别于一切知智,然因本文开显‘于一切处皆无滞碍’,故此处所说之‘无碍智’正是指此一切知智。正是依证此智,世尊方被称为一切知者、一切见者、正自觉者,而非仅仅由一次通达一切法。在《无碍解道》中亦云:显示巴利原文
Tasmā natthi nesaṃ atthato bhedo, ekantenevetaṃ evamicchitabbaṃ. Aññathā sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇānaṃ sādhāraṇatā asabbadhammārammaṇatā ca āpajjeyya. Na hi bhagavato ñāṇassa aṇumattampi āvaraṇaṃ atthi, anāvaraṇañāṇassa ca asabbadhammārammaṇabhāve yattha taṃ na pavattati tatthāvaraṇasabbhāvato anāvaraṇabhāvoyeva na siyā. Atha vā pana hotu aññameva anāvaraṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇato, idha pana sabbattha appaṭihatavuttitāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti sabbaññutaññāṇameva adhippetaṃ, tassevādhigamena bhagavā sabbaññū sabbavidū sammāsambuddhoti vuccati, na sakiṃyeva sabbadhammāvabodhato. Tathā ca vuttaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ –
此乃诸佛世尊于菩提树下,在证得一切知智的同时,所现证的名为‘佛陀’的解脱边际施设。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutaññāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ buddho’’ti.
世尊以证得能通达一切法的等持之智,在其相续中便具备了通达无余诸法的能力。显示巴利原文
Sabbadhammāvabodhanasamatthañāṇasamadhigamena hi bhagavato santāne anavasesadhamme paṭivijjhituṃ samatthatā ahosīti.
这里有人问难:“这个智在转起时,是一次性地在一切所缘上转起,还是依次第转起?”这有何区别呢?如果它一次性地在一切所缘上转起,那么,对于被过去、未来、现在、内、外等差别所划分的诸有为法、无为法及施设法,当它们一起现前时,便会如同从远处观看画布一般,无法依所缘的差别来作出通达。若真如此,便如同观“一切法无我”的行者们以无我相进行观照那样,世尊的智就会以不分别诸法的方式,将一切法都作为所缘——这样便会引生过失。有些人持有这样的主张:“这种通达一切应知法而安住、远离分别的智,于一切时中都在佛陀中转起,因此他们被称为一切知者。这样一来,”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – kiṃ panidaṃ ñāṇaṃ pavattamānaṃ sakiṃyeva sabbasmiṃ visaye pavattati, udāhu kamenāti? Kiñcettha – yadi tāva sakiṃyeva sabbasmiṃ visaye pavattati, atītānāgatappaccupannaajjhattabahiddhādibhedabhinnānaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ asaṅkhatasammutidhammānañca ekajjhaṃ upaṭṭhāne dūrato cittapaṭaṃ pekkhantassa viya visayavibhāgenāvabodho na siyā, tathā ca sati ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti vipassantānaṃ anattākārena viya sabbadhammā anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇassa visayā hontīti āpajjati. Yepi ‘‘sabbañeyyadhammānaṃ ṭhitalakkhaṇavisayaṃ vikapparahitaṃ sabbakālaṃ buddhānaṃ ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tena te sabbavidūti vuccanti. Evañca katvā –
‘‘Caraṃ samāhito nāgo, tiṭṭhantopi samāhito’’ti. –
他们还认为:“这句话就说得很好了。”然而,前述过失对他们而言同样无法避免。再者,若以“住立相”为所缘,那么过去法、未来法及施设法由于并无此住立相,世尊的智便只局限于一部分事境。因此,“智是一次性全部转起”的说法,是不合理的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idampi vacanaṃ suvuttaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti, tesampi vuttadosānātivatti, ṭhitalakkhaṇārammaṇatāya ca atītānāgatasammutidhammānaṃ tadabhāvato, ekadesavisayameva bhagavato ñāṇaṃ siyā. Tasmā sakiṃyeva ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti na yujjati.
那么,智是在一切境上渐次生起的吗?这样也不合理。因为所应知的事物,或因生类、生处、自性,或因方位、地域、时间等而有无数差别,若依次第去了知,就不可能无余通达,因为所知之境本无边际。至于那些认为“由于义不相违,故世尊亲自现证所知的一部分后,对其余部分也以‘同样如此’的方式信解决断,因此世尊为一切知者,且此智非比量,因其无有疑惑。世间比量之智实与疑惑相连”者——这种说法亦不合理。因为,当并非一切皆为现量时,以“义不相违”为由,先现证所知之一分,再对其余分以“同样如此”信解决断,这实不可能。因为其余分既是其余分,便属非现量;若其余分亦为现量,则“其余”的性质便不存在。故此一切言论皆无道理。何以故?因为此乃不可思维的范畴。世尊曾说过:显示巴利原文
Atha kamena sabbasmiṃ visaye ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti? Evampi na yujjati. Na hi jātibhūmisabhāvādivasena disādesakālādivasena ca anekabhedabhinne ñeyye kamena gayhamāne tassa anavasesapaṭivedho sambhavati apariyantabhāvato ñeyyassa. Ye pana ‘‘atthassa avisaṃvādanato ñeyyassa ekadesaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā sesepi evanti adhimuccitvā vavatthāpanena sabbaññū bhagavā, tañca ñāṇaṃ na anumānikaṃ saṃsayābhāvato. Saṃsayānubaddhañhi loke anumānañāṇa’’nti vadanti, tesampi na yuttaṃ. Sabbassa hi apaccakkhabhāve atthassa avisaṃvādanena ñeyyassa ekadesaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā sesepi evanti adhimuccitvā vavatthāpanassa asambhavato. Yañhi taṃ sesaṃ, taṃ apaccakkhanti. Atha tampi paccakkhaṃ, tassa sesabhāvo pana na siyāti sabbametaṃ akāraṇaṃ. Kasmā? Avisayavicārabhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,佛陀的境界不可思议,不可加以思维;若有人思维,将得疯狂、忧恼之果。”(《增支部》4.77)显示巴利原文
‘‘Buddhavisayo, bhikkhave, acinteyyo, na cintetabbo; yo cinteyya, ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77).
对此,这里有一个定论:凡是世尊想要了知的,无论全部或局部,由于在其上智无有障碍,因此于他们所欲了知之境,智皆现前生起;又因无有散乱,心恒入定。故而,对于所欲了知的全部,不会因为‘此非其境’而有所不逮,其智亦不为愿求所局限。必定应当如此信解,正如经中所说:‘一切法,于佛世尊,皆随转向而现,随愿求而现,随作意而现,随心生起而现。’世尊于过去、未来诸境的智,因全然排除了推论、比度、思辨与执取,故纯粹是现量。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – yaṃkiñci bhagavatā ñātuṃ icchitaṃ sakalamekadeso vā, tattha appaṭihatavuttitāya paccakkhato ñāṇaṃ pavattati, niccasamādhānañca vikkhepābhāvato, ñātuṃ icchitassa sakalassa avisayabhāvato tassa ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhavuttitā na siyā, ekanteneva sā icchitabbā ‘‘sabbe dhammā buddhassa bhagavato āvajjanapaṭibaddhā, ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddhā, manasikārapaṭibaddhā, cittuppādapaṭibaddhā’’ti (mahāni. 69; cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85) vacanato. Atītānāgatavisayampi bhagavato ñāṇaṃ anumānāgamanatakkaggahaṇavirahitattā paccakkhameva.
难道不是在此立场上,仍可这样质疑吗:当世尊想要了知全部时,他的智岂非因为一次性缘取全体,而以一种未被我们所构想的方式生起,从而依旧无法避免前述的过失?并非如此,因为他的境界已被彻底清净。正因佛陀的境界已被清净,所以才说不可思议。若非如此,假如其智与凡夫的智在运作方式上无异,那么诸佛世尊的智便不具有‘不可思议’的特性了。因此,即使是以一切法为所缘,其智也能像以单一法为所缘那样,在诸法已被善加安立的情形下生起——这正是此处被称为‘不可思议’之处。所应知的范围有多大,智就有多大;智有多大,所应知的范围就有多大。智以所应知为边际,所应知以智为边际。如此,或是总合地、或是个别地、或是一次性地、或是次第地,随其所愿,正确且亲自地了知一切法,因此觉悟为佛,故而世尊即是‘正自觉者’。这就是‘正自觉者’。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca etasmimpi pakkhe yadā sakalaṃ ñātuṃ icchitaṃ, tadā sakimeva sakalavisayatāya anirūpitarūpena bhagavato ñāṇaṃ pavatteyyāti vuttadosānātivattiyevāti? Na, tassa visodhitattā. Visodhito hi so buddhavisayo acinteyyoti. Aññathā pacurajanañāṇasamavuttitāya buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ ñāṇassa acinteyyatā na siyā, tasmā sakaladhammārammaṇampi taṃ ekadhammārammaṇaṃ viya suvavatthāpiteyeva te dhamme katvā pavattatīti idamettha acinteyyaṃ. Yāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ, ñeyyapariyantikaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇapariyantikaṃ ñeyyanti evamekajjhaṃ visuṃ visuṃ sakiṃ kamena ca icchānurūpaṃ sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddho bhagavā. Taṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ.
「两种寻」是指两种正确的寻。其中,‘寻’的意思是:藉由它而思惟,或者它自己思惟,又或者仅仅是思惟的作用本身。这种寻以‘将心投向所缘’为特相,以‘撞击、反复撞击’为作用,以‘引导心趋向所缘’为现起。然而,根据对境的不同,将它分为两种而说为「两种寻」。「等起」的意思是:平等地、正确地、向上向下、不越出界限地运行。此处‘ākāra’一词,正含有‘界限’的意义,而依此种用法,‘对如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者’这一句,是在‘属于自己’的意义上使用了业格。此句如此表述后,其意为:在如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者自身的领域内,这两种寻平等地、正确地,彼此不逾越界限,向上向下地、频繁地、屡屡地、恒常地运行、生起。显示巴利原文
Dve vitakkāti dve sammā vitakkā. Tattha vitakkenti etena, sayaṃ vā vitakketi, vitakkanamattameva vāti vitakko. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇābhiniropanalakkhaṇo, āhananapariyāhananaraso, ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno. Visayabhedena pana taṃ dvidhā katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve vitakkā’’ti. Samudācarantīti samaṃ sammā ca uddhamuddhaṃ mariyādāya caranti. Mariyādattho hi ayamākāro, tena ca yogena ‘‘tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti idaṃ sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa attano visaye samaṃ sammā ca aññamaññaṃ mariyādaṃ anatikkamantā uddhamuddhaṃ bahulaṃ abhiṇhaṃ caranti pavattantīti.
那么,它们的领域是什么?界限又是什么?它们如何能在不逾越界限的情况下,向上、频频、屡屡、恒常地运行呢?答曰:即安稳寻与远离寻,唯此两种寻。其中,安稳寻在世尊那里,尤其与悲俱行,亦可见与慈、喜俱行的情形。因此,应知它既是大悲等至和慈等等至的前行,也是与它们俱行的。远离寻则是果等至的前行与俱行,也可借助天住等方式出现。如此,它们的领域即是‘寻’。因而,即便在同一心相续中频频生起,但由于它们只是各自在自领域内运作,故无(固定的)界限,但也不会混杂着运作。显示巴利原文
Ko pana nesaṃ visayo, kā vā mariyādā, kathañca taṃ anatikkamitvā te uddhamuddhaṃ bahulaṃ abhiṇhaṃ niccaṃ pavattantīti? Vuccate – khemavitakko, pavivekavitakkoti ime dve vitakkāyeva. Tesu khemavitakko tāva bhagavato visesena karuṇāsampayutto, mettāmuditāsampayuttopi labbhateva, tasmā so mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā mettādisamāpattiyā ca pubbaṅgamo sampayutto ca veditabbo. Pavivekavitakko pana phalasamāpattiyā pubbaṅgamo sampayutto ca, dibbavihārādivasenāpi labbhateva. Iti nesaṃ vitakko visayo, tasmā ekasmiṃ santāne bahulaṃ pavattamānānampi kālena kālaṃ savisayasmiṃyeva caraṇato natthi mariyādā, na saṅkarena vutti.
其中,‘安稳寻’应通过世尊的入悲等至等方式来阐明,‘远离寻’则应通过诸等至来阐明。对此,有如是阐明:‘此世间为热恼所逼、为苦所征服……’通过这样见到世间居所被贪火等所燃的种种行相,此为大悲等至的前行;于等至本身中,也依初禅来表述。因为这在《无碍解道》(大品1.117-118)中说过:显示巴利原文
Tattha khemavitakko bhagavato karuṇokkamanādinā vibhāvetabbo, pavivekavitakko samāpattīhi. Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – ‘‘ayaṃ loko santāpajāto dukkhapareto’’tiādinā rāgaggiādīhi lokasannivāsassa ādittatādiākāradassanehi mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā pubbabhāge , samāpattiyampi paṭhamajjhānavasena vattabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118) –
‘以种种方式观察的诸佛世尊,对有情趣入大悲:观察到“世间居所正在燃烧”的诸佛世尊,对有情趣入大悲。世间被驱策、被催赶,步上了邪路,被带向无常;世间无有救护者、无有主宰者;世间没有属于自己的东西,必须舍弃一切而离去;世间匮乏、不满足,是渴爱的奴隶。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Bahūhi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati, āditto lokasannivāsoti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Uyyutto, payāto, kummaggapaṭipanno, upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro, assako loko, sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso.
此世间居所无救护、无遮蔽、无皈依,全无皈依之处。世间动荡不安,不得寂静;此世间居所身中毒箭,被众多利箭贯穿,为无明黑暗所覆,被烦恼的牢笼所包围;此世间居所沉溺无明,犹如处于卵中,完全被包裹,如乱丝纠结,如线团缠结,如文阇草与波多巴伽草般缠缚不堪,不能超越恶趣、恶道、堕落与轮回。当佛陀、世尊们如此观察时,对众生生起大悲——此世间居所为无明之毒的过患所染,沉没于烦恼泥淖,为贪、嗔、痴的乱结所缠绕。显示巴利原文
‘‘Atāyano lokasannivāso, aleṇo, asaraṇo, asaraṇībhūto, uddhato loko avūpasanto, sasallo lokasannivāso viddho puthusallehi, avijjandhakārāvaraṇo kilesapañjaraparikkhitto, avijjāgato lokasannivāso aṇḍabhūto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto kulāguṇṭhikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatīti passantānaṃ, avijjāvisadosasaṃlitto kilesakalalībhūto, rāgadosamohajaṭājaṭito.
它披着渴爱织成的衣,为渴爱之网所覆,被渴爱的暴流冲走,为渴爱的结缚所系,为渴爱的随眠所随逐,因渴爱的热恼而热恼,因渴爱的炽燃而炽燃。显示巴利原文
‘‘Taṇhāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, taṇhājālena otthaṭo, taṇhāsotena vuyhati, taṇhāsaṃyojanena saṃyutto, taṇhānusayena anusaṭo, taṇhāsantāpena santappati, taṇhāpariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
它披着邪见织成的衣,为邪见之网所覆,被邪见的暴流冲走,为邪见的结缚所系,为邪见的随眠所随逐,因邪见的热恼而热恼,因邪见的炽燃而炽燃。显示巴利原文
‘‘Diṭṭhisaṅghāṭapaṭimukko, diṭṭhijālena otthaṭo, diṭṭhisotena vuyhati, diṭṭhisaṃyojanena saṃyutto, diṭṭhānusayena anusaṭo, diṭṭhisantāpena santappati, diṭṭhipariḷāhena pariḍayhati.
为生所追随,为老所驱迫,为病所征服,为死所击打,住立于苦之中。显示巴利原文
‘‘Jātiyā anugato, jarāya anusaṭo, byādhinā abhibhūto, maraṇena abbhāhato, dukkhe patiṭṭhito.
世间共居者为渴爱所缠缚,为老死之围墙所围困,为死魔之套索所缠绕,为大结缚所捆绑;又为贪欲之结缚、瞋恚与愚痴之结缚,以及慢、邪见、烦恼、恶行之结缚所捆绑。他陷入大拥挤,为大障碍所障蔽,坠落大悬崖,行入大旷野,流转于大轮回,踏上大险途,沉没于大泥沼。显示巴利原文
‘‘Taṇhāya oḍḍito, jarāpākāraparikkhitto, maccupāsaparikkhitto, mahābandhanabaddho, lokasannivāso, rāgabandhanena, dosamohabandhanena, mānadiṭṭhikilesaduccaritabandhanena baddho, mahāsambādhapaṭipanno, mahāpalibodhena palibuddho, mahāpapāte patito, mahākantārapaṭipanno, mahāsaṃsārapaṭipanno, mahāvidugge samparivattati, mahāpalipe palipanno.
世间共居者遭受打击,为贪火、瞋火、痴火所焚烧,为生……乃至愁、悲、苦、忧、恼所焚烧;世间共居者被牵引,恒常遭杀戮而无救护,遭受杖罚,从事偷窃,为罪罚之束缚所捆绑,被押赴刑场;世间共居者无依无怙,陷入极度哀怜之境,为苦所迫,长夜受逼恼,恒常贪著,恒常渴求。显示巴利原文
‘‘Abbhāhato lokasannivāso, āditto lokasannivāso rāgagginā, dosagginā, mohagginā jātiyā…pe… upāyāsehi, unnītako lokasannivāso haññati niccamatāṇo pattadaṇḍo takkaro, vajjabandhanabaddho āghātanapaccupaṭṭhito, anātho lokasannivāso paramakāruññataṃ patto, dukkhābhitunno cirarattapīḷito, niccagadhito niccapipāsito.
世间人是盲者,是无眼者,是失目者,是无引导者,是步入歧途者,是迷失正道者,是堕入大暴流者。显示巴利原文
‘‘Andho, acakkhuko, hatanetto, apariṇāyako, vipathapakkhando, añjasāparaddho, mahoghapakkhando.
世间众生被两种恶见缠缚,被三种恶行误导,被四种轭系缚,被四种系著系缚,被四种取执取;登入五趣,染着于五种欲功德,被五种盖覆盖;以六种争论根本而争论,染着于六种渴爱身,被六种恶见缠缚;被七种随眠随逐,被七种结绑缚,被七种慢抬举;被八种世间法转动,被八种邪性决定,被八种士夫过失染污;以九种嗔憾事而起嗔,被九种慢抬举,染着于九种渴爱根本法;以十种烦恼事而染污,以十种嗔憾事而起嗔,具足十不善业道,被十种结绑缚,被十种邪性决定,具足十事邪见,具足十事执边邪见;被一百零八种渴爱戏论所戏论,被六十二种恶见缠缚——当佛陀、世尊们这样看见世间众生时,便对众生生起大悲悯。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dvīhi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, tīhi duccaritehi vippaṭipanno, catūhi yogehi yojito, catūhi ganthehi ganthito, catūhi upādānehi upādīyati, pañcagatisamāruḷho, pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rajjati, pañcahi nīvaraṇehi otthaṭo, chahi vivādamūlehi vivadati, chahi taṇhākāyehi rajjati, chahi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito, sattahi anusayehi anusaṭo, sattahi saṃyojanehi saṃyutto, sattahi mānehi unnato, aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi samparivattati, aṭṭhahi micchattehi niyato, aṭṭhahi purisadosehi dussati, navahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, navahi mānehi unnato, navahi taṇhāmūlakehi dhammehi rajjati, dasahi kilesavatthūhi kilissati, dasahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito, dasahi akusalakammapathehi samannāgato, dasahi saṃyojanehi saṃyutto, dasahi micchattehi niyato, dasavatthukāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, dasavatthukāya antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato, aṭṭhasatataṇhāpapañcehi papañcito, dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito lokasannivāsoti sampassantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
当佛陀、世尊们这样看见:“我已渡越,世间则未渡越;我已解脱,世间则未解脱;我已调御,世间则未调御;我已寂静,世间则未寂静;我已安稳,世间则未安稳;我已般涅槃,世间则未般涅槃。我确有能力:已渡越者令他人渡越,已解脱者令他人解脱,已调御者令他人调御,已寂静者令他人寂静,已安稳者令他人安稳,已般涅槃者令他人般涅槃。”他们对众生便生起了大悲悯。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ahañcamhi tiṇṇo, loko ca atiṇṇo. Ahañcamhi mutto, loko ca amutto. Ahañcamhi danto, loko ca adanto. Ahañcamhi santo, loko ca asanto. Ahañcamhi assattho, loko ca anassattho. Ahañcamhi parinibbuto, loko ca aparinibbuto. Pahomi khvāhaṃ tiṇṇo tāretuṃ, mutto mocetuṃ, danto dametuṃ, santo sametuṃ , assattho assāsetuṃ, parinibbuto pare ca parinibbāpetunti passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.117-118).
用这个方法,也应当阐明世尊对众生生起慈心的情形。因为在悲悯所缘的范围内,把与苦相对立的乐施予众生时,慈心也在转起,因此在这里,无嗔寻思与无害寻思就是“安稳寻思”。而远离寻思其实就是出离寻思;应知道,它在天住、圣住的前行阶段以及对于初禅的观照中,同样在转起。其中,世尊在日常受用中,有二十四俱胝又十万数的等至安住;以那些等至为前行,随定行转的智与随智行转的智,被称为“二十四俱胝十万等至行大金刚智”。依此,可知世尊的远离寻思在大多数时间里都在转起。这一含义也可以通过《摩诃萨遮迦经》来了知。世尊在那部经中说:显示巴利原文
Imināva nayena bhagavato sattesu mettāokkamanañca vibhāvetabbaṃ. Karuṇāvisayassa hi dukkhassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ sattesu upasaṃharantī mettāpi pavattatīti idha abyāpādaavihiṃsāvitakkā khemavitakko. Pavivekavitakko pana nekkhammavitakkoyeva, tassa dibbavihāraariyavihāresu pubbabhāgassa paṭhamajjhānassa paccavekkhaṇāya ca vasena pavatti veditabbā. Tattha ye te bhagavato devasikaṃ vaḷañjanakavasena catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā samāpattivihārā, yesaṃ purecaraṇabhāvena pavattaṃ samādhicariyānugataṃ ñāṇacariyānugataṃ ñāṇaṃ catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasamāpattisañcārimahāvajirañāṇanti vuccati, tesaṃ vasena bhagavato pavivekavitakkassa bahulaṃ pavatti veditabbā. Ayañca attho mahāsaccakasuttenapi veditabbo. Vuttañhi tattha bhagavatā –
“火种居士,在那先前的定相中,我只将心向内安住、安置,令其等持,由此我得以恒常地如此安住。”(《中部》1.387)显示巴利原文
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi, sannisādemi, yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.387).
世尊之所以引用这段话,是因为萨遮迦·尼干陀子曾这么想:“沙门乔达摩相貌端庄、令人喜悦,齿列密致,舌薄,言语甜美,我想他只是以这种方式取悦着徒众而游化,内心却没有专注,是一位多以言教劝导为事的人。”为了表明并非如此,世尊如同抓捕藏赃的盗贼一般,说出这段话:“火种居士,如来并非以取悦徒众、以言教劝导为多而游化;即使面对遍满轮围的徒众,他也说法而无退缩、无有染着,专注一境,坚定地致力于独居的空果——等至之果。”显示巴利原文
Idañhi bhagavā ‘‘samaṇo gotamo abhirūpo pāsādiko suphusitaṃ dantāvaraṇaṃ, jivhā tanukā, madhuraṃ vacanaṃ, tena parisaṃ rañjento maññe vicarati, citte panassa ekaggatā natthi, yo evaṃ saññattibahulo caratī’’ti saccakena nigaṇṭhaputtena vitakkite avassaṃ sahoḍhaṃ coraṃ gaṇhanto viya ‘‘na aggivessana tathāgato parisaṃ rañjento saññattibahulo vicarati, cakkavāḷapariyantāyapi parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, asallīno anupalitto ekattaṃ ekavihārisuññatāphalasamāpattiphalaṃ anuyutto’’ti dassetuṃ āhari.
因为世尊在徒众发出赞叹声或省察法义的那一刹那,便以此刹那的前分划定时间,随后在入息或出息的一息之间进入果等至;当赞叹声未中断,以及在省察法义结束时,他便从等至中出定,由站立之处开始说法。诸佛的有分流极其快速,所以能在入息或出息的一息间进入等至。由此,依前述等至及其前行阶段的力用,应知世尊的安稳寻思与远离寻思,在绝大部分的时间里都在转起。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā hi yasmiṃ khaṇe parisā sādhukāraṃ deti, dhammaṃ vā paccavekkhati, tasmiṃ khaṇe pubbabhāgena kālaṃ paricchinditvā phalasamāpattiṃ assāsavāre passāsavāre samāpajjati, sādhukārasaddanigghose avicchinneyeva dhammapaccavekkhaṇāya ca pariyosāne samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ṭhitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ deseti. Buddhānañhi bhavaṅgaparivāso lahuko, assāsavāre passāsavāre samāpattiyo samāpajjanti. Evaṃ yathāvuttasamāpattīnaṃ sapubbabhāgānaṃ vasena bhagavato khemavitakkassa pavivekavitakkassa ca bahulappavatti veditabbā.
其中,依仗无嗔寻思与无害寻思的威力,断除了嗔恚寻思、害寻思等染污,具足这两种寻思的人,无论从何处都不会有恐惧,成就安稳而住,并且在任何时候、对于一切事物都只有安稳、只有无畏。因此,这两种寻思能为自他双方带来安稳,故称为「安稳寻思」。而依仗出离寻思的威力,断除了欲寻思等染污,使身远离、心远离、依远离这三种远离,以及彼分远离、镇伏远离、正断远离、安息远离、出离远离这五种远离,都得以圆满。这种寻思在所缘和相应两方面,都伴随着远离而生起,故称为「远离寻思」。这两种寻思的所缘范围虽有所不同,但对初修者而言,它们是互相有帮助的:正如安稳寻思能帮助未生起的远离寻思生起,令已生起的远离寻思更为增广;同样地,远离寻思也能帮助安稳寻思。因为如果没有身和心的独处,慈住等便不可能生起;而如果未断除嗔恚等,心远离等也不可能生起。因此,应视这些法为彼此有极大的助益。至于世尊,由于已彻底断尽一切染污,为了世间的利益,这样的安稳寻思与远离寻思,即便仅在入出一息的片刻,也都在带来利益和安乐。安稳寻思显示巴利原文
Tattha yassa byāpādavihiṃsāvitakkādisaṃkilesappahānassa abyāpādavitakkassa avihiṃsāvitakkassa ca ānubhāvena kutocipi bhayābhāvato taṃsamaṅgī khemappatto ca viharati, tato ca sabbassapi sabbadāpi khemameva hoti abhayameva. Tasmā duvidhopi ubhayesaṃ khemaṅkaroti khemavitakko. Yassa pana kāmavitakkādisaṃkilesapahānassa nekkhammavitakkassa ānubhāvena kāyaviveko, cittaviveko, upadhivivekoti tividho; tadaṅgaviveko, vikkhambhanaviveko, samucchedaviveko, paṭippassaddhiviveko, nissaraṇavivekoti pañcavidho ca viveko pāripūriṃ gacchati. So yathārahaṃ ārammaṇato sampayogato ca pavivekasahagato vitakkoti pavivekavitakko. Ete ca dve vitakkā evaṃ vibhattavisayāpi samānā ādikammikānaṃ aññamaññūpakārāya sambhavanti. Yathā hi khemavitakkassa pavivekavitakko anuppannassa uppādāya uppannassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya hoti, evaṃ pavivekavitakkassapi khemavitakko. Na hi vūpakaṭṭhakāyacittānamantarena mettāvihārādayo sambhavanti byāpādādippahānena ca vinā cittavivekādīnaṃ asambhavoyevāti aññamaññassa bahūpakārā ete dhammā daṭṭhabbā. Bhagavato pana sabbaso pahīnasaṃkilesassa lokahitatthāya evaṃ khemavitakko ca pavivekavitakko ca assāsavāramattepi hitasukhamāvahantiyevāti. Khemo ca vitakko paviveko ca vitakkoti sambandhitabbaṃ.
如此列出两种寻思后,为了阐明「以无害为乐处者」等,便接着说。其中,对任何有情不加恼害、不令痛苦,即为「无害」;此无害是应乐于安住的处所,故为「乐处」;具足此乐处者,便称为「以无害为乐处者」。通过反复修习而在无害中得喜乐,名为「乐于无害者」。「这即是」:正是此义。「以行」:指经由身业与语业所展现的威仪行为。「我不恼害任何有情」:无论是对下劣等类的有情,还是对因渴爱躁动而躁动不安者,或是已断尽一切烦恼躁动而止息安宁者,一概不加恼害、不令痛苦。世尊具有悲悯的性情,大多安住于大悲等至,正是随顺自己所珍爱的悲悯性向,而说出这样的言语。以此,他显示了无害寻思与无嗔寻思。此句意谓:「我以如此的行为、如此的行道,如此正确地行道,如此以等至安住而住,如此接受那些求福者所作的恭敬、尊重、敬仰、礼敬与供养,却不曾对任何有情有丝毫恼害;相反地,我只是增长他们的现法利益、来世利益和究竟义的利益与安乐。」显示巴利原文
Evaṃ uddiṭṭhe dve vitakke niddisituṃ ‘‘abyāpajjhārāmo’’tiādimāha. Tattha abyāpajjhanaṃ kassaci adukkhanaṃ abyāpajjho, so āramitabbato ārāmo etassāti abyāpajjhārāmo. Abyāpajjhe rato sevanavasena niratoti abyāpajjharato. Esevāti eso eva. Iriyāyāti kiriyāya, kāyavacīpayogenāti attho. Na kañci byābādhemīti hīnādīsu kañcipi sattaṃ taṇhātasādiyogato tasaṃ vā tadabhāvato pahīnasabbakilesavipphanditattā thāvaraṃ vā na bādhemi na dukkhāpemi. Karuṇajjhāsayo bhagavā mahākaruṇāsamāpattibahulo attano paramarucitakaruṇajjhāsayānurūpamevamāha. Tena avihiṃsāvitakkaṃ abyāpādavitakkañca dasseti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ imāya iriyāya imāya paṭipattiyā evaṃ sammā paṭipajjanto evaṃ samāpattivihārehi viharanto evaṃ puññatthikehi katāni sakkāragarukāramānanavandanapūjanāni adhivāsento sattesu na kañci byābādhemi, apica kho diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthappabhedaṃ hitasukhameva nesaṃ paribrūhemī’ti.
“凡是不善,已被断除”是说:那一千五百种烦恼所构成的不善,以及与此相应、品类无量种种的不善法,在菩提树下已被我全部断除、彻底拔除。通过这句话,兼以作为诸远离之顶的出离远离,也正示了正断远离与安息远离。不过,在此有些注释者还引入了彼分远离和镇伏远离,因为世尊是结合自己的行道而宣说自己烦恼的灭尽。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ akusalaṃ, taṃ pahīnanti yaṃ diyaḍḍhakilesasahassabhedaṃ aññañca taṃsampayuttaṃ anantappabhedaṃ akusalaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ bodhimūleyeva mayhaṃ pahīnaṃ samūhatanti. Iminā pavivekesu muddhabhūtena saddhiṃ nissaraṇavivekena samucchedappaṭippassaddhiviveke dasseti. Keci panettha tadaṅgavikkhambhanavivekepi uddharanti . Āgamanīyapaṭipadāya hi saddhiṃ bhagavatā attano kilesakkhayo idha vuttoti.
就这样,世尊将自己在无量劫中所成熟的远离性向与出离性向,推至顶点而安住其中,入于果等至,并以观照自身烦恼已断的方式加以阐明。导师在此举出这两种寻思的目的,便是为了显示此义,于是说:“因此,诸比丘”等。世尊正是通过展示自己常修习此二种寻思,来引导比丘们安立于此,从而开启了这段开示。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā aparimitakappaparicittaṃ attano pavivekajjhāsayaṃ saddhiṃ nissaraṇajjhāsayena idāni matthakaṃ pāpetvā ṭhito tamajjhāsayaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā attano kilesappahānapaccavekkhaṇamukhena vibhāveti. Yadatthaṃ panettha satthā ime dve vitakke uddhari, idāni tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Bhagavā hi imassa vitakkadvayassa attano bahulasamudācāradassanamukheneva tattha bhikkhū nivesetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
于此,“因此”指的是:由于“我乐于无嗔与远离,安隐与远离的寻思确实常时生起”,故这么说。“此处”只是一个小品词。“你们当以无嗔为乐而住”的意思是:你们应以对一切众生的慈心住与悲心住,欢喜而住。通过这句话,世尊说明了要断除嗔恚及与之同处的烦恼。而“于他们”中的“你们”仅是语助词。“你们当以远离为乐而住”的意思是:你们应将身远离等、以彼分断除为首的远离等一切远离,作为可乐之处而安住。“依此我们”等句,是显示安隐寻思的生起方式;“何为不善”等句,则是显示远离寻思的生起方式。于中,犹如想要圆满无过失法的人,会去探寻何为善,遍求善法;同理,想要断除有过失法的人,也应当遍求不善,因此才说“何为不善”等。因为智遍知乃是遍知、断、证、修习的前导。其中,“何为不善”是指:什么是不善?它的自性相是什么?或者说它的味、现起、足处是什么?这显示了从自性、作用等方面来观察不善的方法。这个寻思是就初学者而言的;而“何为未断除的”、“我们应断除什么”这两句,则是就有学圣者而言的。因此,“何为未断除的”意为:显示巴利原文
Tattha tasmāti yasmā abyāpajjhapavivekābhiratassa me khemapavivekavitakkāyeva bahulaṃ pavattanti, tasmā. Tihāti nipātamattaṃ. Abyāpajjhārāmāviharathāti sabbasattesu mettāvihārena karuṇāvihāre na ca abhiramantā viharatha. Tena byāpādassa tadekaṭṭhakilesānañca dūrīkaraṇamāha. Tesaṃ voti ettha voti nipātamattaṃ. Pavivekārāmā viharathāti kāyādivivekañceva tadaṅgādivivekañcāti sabbaviveke āramitabbaṭṭhānaṃ katvā viharatha. Imāya mayantiādi yathā nesaṃ khemavitakkassa pavattanākāradassanaṃ, evaṃ kiṃ akusalantiādi pavivekavitakkassa pavattanākāradassanaṃ. Tattha yathā anavajjadhamme paripūretukāmena kiṃkusalagavesinā hutvā kusaladhammapariyesanā kātabbāva, sāvajjadhamme pajahitukāmenāpi akusalapariyesanā kātabbāti āha ‘‘kiṃ akusala’’ntiādi. Abhiññāpubbikā hi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanā. Tattha kiṃ akusalanti akusalaṃ nāma kiṃ, sabhāvato kimassa lakkhaṇaṃ, kāni vā rasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānīti akusalassa sabhāvakiccādito paccavekkhaṇavidhiṃ dasseti. Ādikammikavasena cesa vitakko āgato, kiṃ appahīnaṃ kiṃ pajahāmāti idaṃ padadvayaṃ sekkhavasena. Tasmā kiṃ appahīnanti kāmarāgasaṃyojanādīsu akusalesu kiṃ akusalaṃ amhākaṃ maggena asamucchinnaṃ? Kiṃpajahāmāti kiṃ akusalaṃ samugghātema? Atha vā kiṃ pajahāmāti vītikkamapariyuṭṭhānānusayesu kiṃ vibhāgaṃ akusalaṃ idāni mayaṃ pajahāmāti attho. Keci pana ‘‘kiṃ appahīna’’nti paṭhanti. Tesaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanādivasena anekabhedesu akusalesu kiṃ katamaṃ akusalaṃ, kena katamena pakārena, katamena vā maggena amhākaṃ appahīnanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
在偈颂中,「佛陀」是指:以不颠倒的自生智觉悟四圣谛、通达四圣谛故,且于谛得解脱者已无应知之事,故称佛陀。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu buddhanti catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ aviparītaṃ sayambhuñāṇena buddhattā paṭividdhattā buddhaṃ saccavinimuttassa ñeyyassa abhāvato. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
“应遍知的,我已遍知;应修习的,我已修习;
应断除的,我已断除。因此,婆罗门,我是佛陀。”(《经集》563;《中部》2.399)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ; Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. (su. ni. 563; ma. ni. 2.399);
除了大菩萨,他人无力承受、无力负荷;因为他能承受、负荷那他人无力承受、无力负荷的全部菩提资粮与宏大悲愿;同样,他能承受并战胜那他人难以忍受、难以战胜的五种魔;又能以彻知意乐、随眠、行为、意趣等差别,恰如其分地以现法利益、来世利益和究竟义教导应度化者——这即是所谓的“佛事”,非他人所能为,他堪能承受与负荷,又或于此中善巧,故称“能载难忍者”。“如来”一词中,“naṃ”仅为小品词,义即“那位如来”。显示巴利原文
Ṭhapetvā mahābodhisattaṃ aññehi sahituṃ vahituṃ asakkuṇeyyattā asayhassa sakalassa bodhisambhārassa mahākaruṇādhikārassa ca sahanato vahanato, tathā aññehi sahituṃ abhibhavituṃ dukkarattā asayhānaṃ pañcannaṃ mārānaṃ sahanato abhibhavanato, āsayānusayacariyādhimuttiādivibhāgāvabodhena yathārahaṃ veneyyānaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi anusāsanasaṅkhātassa aññehi asayhassa buddhakiccassa sahanato vahanato, tattha vā sādhukāribhāvato asayhasāhinaṃ. Samudācaranti nanti ettha nanti nipātamattaṃ, naṃ tathāgatanti vā attho.
由于驱散、抛弃了自他相续中称为“黑暗”的愚痴,故称“除暗者”。因到达彼岸涅槃,故称“到彼岸者”。又或者,如“已解脱又能令他人解脱”等方式所示,因到达宏大誓愿的边际,或一切轮回之苦的边际,或一切知性功德的边际,故称“到彼岸者”,即那位除暗者、到彼岸者。由此,他也就是“已证得应证得之证悟的佛陀”,意即已证得戒等、十力智等一切正自觉者所应证得之法。“具自在者”:由于拥有禅那等中随愿而起的、最殊胜的转向等自在,以及称为圣神通的、不与外道共通的心自在,故称“具自在者”,即自在者。“无漏者”:因一切欲漏等烦恼已尽,故称无漏者。或者,因舍弃了身不平等之类的不平等,或因超越了称为“毒”的一切烦恼垢秽,或因自己超越了称为“毒”的一切轮回之苦并能引导他人超越,故称“度毒者”,即那位度毒者。“牟尼”:指在渴爱灭尽的阿拉汉果或涅槃中获得解脱,因通过称为“默”的智,或通过身默等而超群地具足这些,故称牟尼。应知牟尼有多种:在家牟尼、出家牟尼、有学牟尼、无学牟尼、独觉佛…显示巴利原文
Sakaparasantānesu tamasaṅkhātaṃ mohandhakāraṃ nudi khipīti tamonudo. Pāraṃ nibbānaṃ gatoti pāragato. Atha vā ‘‘mutto moceyya’’ntiādinā nayena pavattitassa mahābhinīhārassa sakalassa vā saṃsāradukkhassa sabbaññuguṇānaṃ pāraṃ pariyantaṃ gatoti pāragato, taṃ tamonudaṃ pāragataṃ. Tato eva pattipattaṃ buddhaṃ, sīlādiṃ dasabalañāṇādiñca sammāsambuddhehi pattabbaṃ sabbaṃ pattanti attho. Vasimanti jhānādīsu ākaṅkhāpaṭibaddho paramo āvajjanādivasibhāvo, ariyiddhisaṅkhāto anaññasādhāraṇo cittavasibhāvo ca assa atthīti vasimā, taṃ vasimaṃ, vasinanti attho. Sabbesaṃ kāmāsavādīnaṃ abhāvena anāsavaṃ. Kāyavisamādikassa visamassa vantattā vā visasaṅkhātaṃ sabbaṃ kilesamalaṃ taritvā vā visaṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhaṃ sayaṃ taritvā tāraṇato visantaro taṃ visantaraṃ. Taṇhakkhaye arahattaphale nibbāne vā vimuttaṃ, ubhayamhi gamanato monasaṅkhātena ñāṇena kāyamoneyyādīhi vā sātisayaṃ samannāgatattā muniṃ. Munīti hi agāriyamuni, anagāriyamuni, sekkhamuni, asekkhamuni, paccekamuni, munimunīti anekavidhā munayo. Tattha gihī āgataphalo viññātasāsano agāriyamuni, tathārūpo pabbajito anagāriyamuni, satta sekkhā sekkhamuni, khīṇāsavo asekkhamuni, paccekabuddho paccekamuni, sammāsambuddho munimunīti. Ayameva idhādhippeto. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhāvato antimaṃ, pacchimaṃ dehaṃ kāyaṃ dhāretīti antimadehadhārī, taṃ antimadehadhāriṃ. Kilesamārādīnaṃ sammadeva pariccattattā mārañjahaṃ. Tato eva jarāhetusamucchedato anupādisesanibbānappattivasena pākaṭajarādisabbajarāya pāraguṃ. Jarāsīsena cettha jātimaraṇasokādīnaṃ pāragamanaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Taṃ evaṃbhūtaṃ tathāgataṃ duve vitakkā samudācarantīti brūmīti sambandho.
就这样,世尊用第一首偈颂点出了两种寻思,之后用第二首偈颂显示了远离寻思,现在为了显示安隐寻思,而说了第三首偈颂:‘如石山’等。在这里,‘如同站在石山的山顶’:就像站在由石头形成的、一整块山的山顶上,因为站在那上面,根本不需要做抬头、伸脖子之类的动作。‘同喻’:指与那情况相似的,即以石山为比喻。这里的简要意思是:犹如一位有眼力的人站在石山之巅,能遍观四周的众人;同样地,那位具足善慧、美妙智慧的,拥有名为一切知智的遍眼世尊,登上了法所成、慧所成的殿堂,自己已离忧愁,而观察着那些沉没在忧愁中、被生和老所征服的有情众生。这里更深的用意是:譬如在山脚下,周围开垦了大片田地,田里修了田埂和草屋,夜晚生起火,又具足了四分黑暗。这时,若有眼力的人立于山顶观察地面,他看不见田地、田埂、草屋或睡在屋里的人,只能看见草屋中的火焰而已。同样地,当如来登上法所成的殿堂观察众生时,那些‘未作善’的众生,即使与他共住一处、坐在南侧,也不会出现在佛智的视野中,就像夜间射出的箭一样无影无踪;而那些已经积善、堪受教化的众生,即使站得很远,也会出现在他的智见中,犹如火焰或喜马拉雅山一般显眼。这层意思也曾被说过:显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā paṭhamagāthāya vitakkadvayaṃ uddisitvā tato dutiyagāthāya pavivekavitakkaṃ dassetvā idāni khemavitakkaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sele yathā’’ti tatiyagāthamāha. Tattha sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhitoti sele silāmaye ekagghanapabbatamuddhani yathā ṭhito. Na hi tattha ṭhitassa uddhaṃ gīvukkhipanapasāraṇādikiccaṃ atthi. Tathūpamanti tappaṭibhāgaṃ selapabbatūpamaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – yathā selapabbatamuddhani ṭhito cakkhumā puriso samantato janataṃ passeyya, evameva sumedho, sundarapañño sabbaññutaññāṇena samantacakkhu bhagavā dhammamayaṃ paññāmayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sayaṃ apetasoko sokāvatiṇṇaṃ jātijarābhibhūtañca janataṃ sattakāyaṃ avekkhati upadhārayati upaparikkhati. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yathā hi pabbatapāde samantā mahantaṃ khettaṃ katvā tattha kedārapāḷīsu kuṭiyo katvā rattiṃ aggiṃ jāleyya, caturaṅgasamannāgatañca andhakāraṃ bhaveyya, athassa pabbatassa matthake ṭhatvā cakkhumato purisassa bhūmippadesaṃ olokayato neva khettaṃ, na kedārapāḷiyo, na kuṭiyo, na tattha sayitamanussā paññāyeyyuṃ, kuṭīsu pana aggijālamattameva paññāyeyya, evaṃ dhammamayaṃ pāsādamāruyha sattakāyaṃ olokayato tathāgatassa ye te akatakalyāṇā sattā, te ekavihāre dakkhiṇapasse nisinnāpi buddhañāṇassa āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti, rattiṃ khittasarā viya honti. Ye pana katakalyāṇā veneyyapuggalā, te evassa dūrepi ṭhitā āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, so aggi viya himavantapabbato viya ca vuttampi cetaṃ –
‘‘Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato; Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā’’ti. (dha. pa. 304; netti. 11);
同样地,在这部经的偈颂中,世尊借由他人来显示自己。显示巴利原文
Evametasmiṃ sutte gāthāsu ca bhagavā attānaṃ paraṃ viya katvā dassesi.
2. 《说法经》注释显示巴利原文
2. Desanāsuttavaṇṇanā
39 在第二部经中,“以第二种方式”(dutiye pariyāyena):此处的“pariyāya”一词,在“你应将它忆持为蜜丸之教说”(中部Ⅰ.205)等处,意指“教说”或“说法”。在“婆罗门,确实有一种理由,可据此而正当地说我:‘沙门乔达摩是无作论者’”(律藏·波罗夷5;增支部8.11)等处,意指“理由”或“依据”。在“阿难,今天轮到教诫比丘尼的是哪一回了?”(中部Ⅲ.398)等处,则意指“次第”或“顺次”。而在此处,无论是“次第”还是“理由”都适用。因此,“比丘们,如来的两种说法,或是随宜而设、有其理由,或是随顺次第而展开”这便是此处之义。世尊随顺所化众生的意乐,有时以分别善法与不善法的方式说法,如:“这些法是善的,这些法是不善的;这些法有过失,这些法无过失;这些法应修习,这些法不应修习。”以此令善法与不善法不相混杂地开显,这便是说“应将恶视为恶”。有时则通过开示过患的方式说法,如:“比丘们,若多修、多习、多行杀生,则能令众生投生地狱、畜生、饿鬼;即便最轻微的杀生,也令众生生得短寿。”(增支部8.40)以此令人对恶生起厌离等,这便是说“应厌离”。显示巴利原文
39. Dutiye pariyāyenāti ettha pariyāya-saddo ‘‘madhupiṇḍikapariyāyotveva naṃ dhārehī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.205) desanāyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Atthi khvesa , brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo’’tiādīsu (pārā. 5; a. ni. 8.11) kāraṇe. ‘‘Kassa nu kho, ānanda, ajja pariyāyo bhikkhuniyo ovaditu’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.398) vāre. Idha pana vārepi kāraṇepi vaṭṭati, tasmā, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa dve dhammadesanā yathārahaṃ kāraṇena bhavanti, vārena vāti ayamettha attho. Bhagavā hi veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ kadāci ‘‘ime dhammā kusalā, ime, dhammā akusalā. Ime dhammā sāvajjā, ime dhammā anavajjā. Ime sevitabbā, ime na sevitabbā’’tiādinā kusalākusaladhamme vibhajanto kusaladhammehi akusaladhamme asaṅkarato paññāpento ‘‘pāpaṃ pāpakato passathā’’ti dhammaṃ deseti. Kadāci ‘‘pāṇātipāto, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko, yo sabbalahuko pāṇātipāto, so appāyukasaṃvattaniko’’tiādinā (a. ni. 8.40) ādīnavaṃ pakāsento pāpato nibbidādīhi niyojento ‘‘nibbindatha virajjathā’’ti dhammaṃ deseti.
“bhavanti”指“存在”“生起”或“流转”。“应将恶视为恶”的意思是:对于一切恶法,无论是在当下现世还是未来,都应将其视为不利、引生痛苦、低劣不堪之物。“对此应厌离”的意思是:对于那恶法,应以多种方式观察其过患,例如:“因其极为低劣之故,称为‘恶’;因其从不善巧所生之故,称为‘不善’;因其染污了本性光洁、清净之心等性质,称为‘杂染’;因其一再产生有之痛苦,称为‘导向再有’;因其与苦、烦热一同生起,称为‘有苦’;因其只成熟苦之果报,称为‘苦果’;即使历经无量时间,也于未来引发生与老死,故称为‘未来有生老死’;它能摧毁一切利益与安乐。”如此以正慧观察舍断它的功德利益,从而生起厌离,乃至达成厌离。在厌离的同时,观得以增长,通过证得圣道而离贪,远离繫缚。或者,以“道”通过断除的方式离贪;接著,以“果”通过止寂的方式获得解脱。再者,“恶”即是从低劣的角度所指的恶。这是什么意思呢?即那为圣者们所不乐、所厌离的轮回之苦——它以无常、苦等为性质。因为它将人引向彼苦,所以称为“恶”。那么它是什么?它就是三界中的一切法。从……显示巴利原文
Bhavantīti honti pavattanti. Pāpaṃ pāpakato passathāti sabbaṃ pāpadhammaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme āyatiñca ahitadukkhāvahato lāmakato passatha. Tattha nibbindathāti tasmiṃ pāpadhamme ‘‘accantahīnabhāvato lāmakaṭṭhena pāpaṃ, akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusalaṃ, pakatipabhassarassa pasannassa ca cittassa pabhassarādibhāvavināsanato saṃkilesikaṃ, punappunaṃ bhavadukkhanibbattanato ponobbhavikaṃ, saheva darathehi pariḷāhehi vattanato sadarathaṃ, dukkhasseva vipaccanato dukkhavipākaṃ, aparimāṇampi kālaṃ anāgate jātijarāmaraṇanibbattanato āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyaṃ, sabbahitasukhaviddhaṃsanasamattha’’ntiādinā nayena nānāvidhe ādīnave, tassa ca pahāne ānisaṃse sammapaññāya passantā nibbindatha nibbedaṃ āpajjatha. Nibbindantā ca vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ariyamaggādhigamena pāpato virajjatha ceva vimuccatha ca. Maggena vā samucchedavirāgavasena virajjatha, tato phalena paṭippassaddhivimuttivasena vimuccatha. Atha vā pāpanti lāmakato pāpaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yaṃ aniccadukkhādibhāvena kucchitaṃ ariyehi jigucchanīyaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ pāpetīti pāpaṃ. Kiṃ pana taṃ? Tebhūmakadhammajātaṃ . Yathāvuttena atthena pāpakato disvā tattha aniccato, dukkhato, rogato, gaṇḍato, sallato, aghato, ābādhatotiādinā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhentā nibbindatha. Ayaṃ dutiyāti yāthāvato ahitānatthavibhāvanaṃ paṭhamaṃ upādāya tato vivecanaṃ ayaṃ dutiyā dhammadesanā.
在偈颂中,“佛陀”指一切知佛。“悲愍一切众生”指本性以广大悲心哀愍一切众生者。“权宜之教说”即是以方便的方式演说,也就是说法。“你看”是呼唤大众,或是针对大众中的尊长而言。然而也有一些人说:“世尊是针对于自身而说‘你看’。”在此处,“于彼离贪”的意思是:对于那种恶法,应当离贪,即断除渴爱。其余内容如前所述。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu buddhassāti sabbaññubuddhassa. Sabbabhūtānukampinoti sabbepi satte mahākaruṇāya anukampanasabhāvassa. Pariyāyavacananti pariyāyena kathanaṃ desanaṃ. Passāti parisaṃ ālapati, parisajeṭṭhakaṃ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ. Keci panāhu ‘‘attānameva sandhāya bhagavā ‘passā’ti avocā’’ti. Tatthāti tasmiṃ pāpake virajjatha rāgaṃ pajahathāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
《明经》的注释。显示巴利原文
3. Vijjāsuttavaṇṇanā
40 在第三经句中,“前导”(pubbaṅgamā)指以俱生和依止两种方式,而成为前导、先行、主要因。因为若无无明,不善便不可能生起。“于等至”(samāpattiyā)意为“为证得”(samāpajjanāya),即获得自性、得以生起。其中,以覆蔽过患、作为不如理作意之缘而未曾断除的无明,即是不善法的依止缘。显示巴利原文
40. Tatiye pubbaṅgamāti sahajātavasena, upanissayavasena cāti dvīhi ākārehi pubbaṅgamā purassarā padhānakāraṇaṃ. Na hi avijjāya vinā akusaluppatti atthi. Samāpattiyāti samāpajjanāya sabhāvapaṭilābhāya, pavattiyāti attho. Tattha akusalappavattiyā ādīnavappaṭicchādanena ayonisomanasikārassa paccayabhāvena appahīnabhāvena ca akusaladhammānaṃ upanissayabhāvo dissati.
因此,由于是病、死等苦的所依处,此中一切趣皆是恶趣。或者,被贪等烦恼所染污的趣,即身、语、意的转起,故为恶趣,也就是身恶行、语恶行、意恶行。“于此世”(asmiṃ loke)指此世间或人趣。“于他世”(paramhi ca)指除此以外的其他诸趣。这一切恶行的衰败,如前所述,皆以无明为前导,故以无明为根本。“欲贪所积聚”(icchālobhasamussayā):以欲求未得之境的欲为特征,以贪著已得之境的贪为特征,由此二者积集、增长,故称欲贪所积聚。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ byādhimaraṇādidukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato sabbāpi gatiyo idha duggatiyo. Atha vā rāgādikilesehi dūsitā gatiyo kāyavacīcittānaṃ pavattiyoti duggatiyo, kāyavacīmanoduccaritāni. Asmiṃ loketi idha loke manussagatiyaṃ vā. Paramhi cāti tato aññāsu gatīsu. Avijjāmūlikā sabbāti tā sabbāpi duccaritassa vipattiyo vuttanayena avijjāpubbaṅgamattā avijjāmūlikā eva. Icchālobhasamussayāti asampattavisayapariyesanalakkhaṇāya icchāya, sampattavisayalubbhanalakkhaṇena lobhena ca samussitā upacitāti icchālobhasamussayā.
“因为”(yato):由无明为因,被无明覆盖而如此。“恶欲者”(pāpiccho):由于被无明遮蔽,不见恶欲之过患,以虚想不实功德而行谄诳等,是为恶欲者;当知此中亦摄由贪所起之过分欲求。“不敬者”(anādaroti):因无以世间为尊之愧,于同梵行者无有敬意。“由此”(tato):以此无明、恶欲、无惭无愧为因。“产生”(pasavatī):积集身恶行等种种过失。“以此趣向恶趣”(apāyaṃ tena gacchati):以如是所生之罪业,趣向地狱等恶趣。显示巴利原文
Yatoti yasmā avijjāhetu avijjāya nivuto hutvā. Pāpicchoti avijjāya paṭicchāditattā pāpicchatāya ādīnave apassanto asantaguṇasambhāvanavasena kohaññādīni karonto pāpiccho, lobheneva atricchatāpi gahitāti daṭṭhabbā. Anādaroti lokādhipatino ottappassa abhāvena sabrahmacārīsu ādararahito. Tatoti tasmā avijjāpāpicchatāahirikānottappahetu . Pasavatīti kāyaduccaritādibhedaṃ pāpaṃ upacinati. Apāyaṃ tena gacchatīti tena tathā pasutena pāpena nirayādibhedaṃ apāyaṃ gacchati upapajjati.
因此,对于欲、贪、无明,以及由“ca”字所含摄的无惭无愧——这些正是一切恶行的根本、一切恶趣与杂染的因,应以离弃、断除的方式予以去除。如何离弃呢?回答说:“生起明”:依观行道与圣道行道的次第,依次升进,在自己的相续中生起阿拉汉道之明。“一切恶趣”即一切称为恶行的恶趣,或者说,因为它是轮回之苦的依止处而成为苦的所有五趣,都应断除、舍弃、超越。因为,仅仅断除烦恼轮,业轮与果轮便随之断除。显示巴利原文
Tasmāti yasmā ete evaṃ sabbaduccaritamūlabhūtā sabbaduggatiparikkilesahetubhūtā ca avijjādayo, tasmā icchañca, lobhañca, avijjañca, casaddena ahirikānottappañca virājayaṃ samucchedavasena pajahaṃ. Kathaṃ virājetīti āha? Vijjaṃ uppādayanti, vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā ca, maggapaṭipāṭiyā ca, ussakkitvā arahattamaggavijjaṃ attano santāne uppādayanto. Sabbā duggatiyoti sabbāpi duccaritasaṅkhātā duggatiyo, vaṭṭadukkhassa vā adhiṭṭhānabhāvato dukkhā, sabbā pañcapi gatiyo jahe pajaheyya samatikkameyya. Kilesavaṭṭappahāneneva hi kammavaṭṭaṃ vipākavaṭṭañca pahīnaṃ hotīti.
4. 慧缺失经注疏显示巴利原文
4. Paññāparihīnasuttavaṇṇanā
41 在第四经中,“suparihīnā”指极度缺失。哪些有情是“于圣慧缺失”呢?即那些未通达五蕴生灭、未通达四圣谛、尚未远离烦恼而安住的有情,他们因此缺失了圣洁清净的观慧与道慧。这些有情在世间与出世间成就上极度缺失,成为大损失者。那么究竟是哪些呢?即那些具备业障的有情。他们由于陷入了决定邪性,所以全然缺失、不圆满,成为大损失者,因此说“可预期堕入恶趣”。那些具备果报障的也是缺失者。再者,从白分(善的方面)而言,不缺失者便是远离了这三种障碍、具备正见并拥有业自作智的人。其余内容可依前述道理了知。显示巴利原文
41. Catutthe suparihīnāti suṭṭhu parihīnā. Ye ariyāya paññāya parihīnāti ye sattā pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayabbayapaṭivijjhanena catusaccapaṭivijjhanena ca kilesehi ārakā ṭhitattā ariyāya parisuddhāya vipassanāpaññāya ca maggapaññāya ca parihīnā, te lokiyalokuttarāhi sampattīhi ativiya parihīnā mahājānikā. Ke pana teti? Ye kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā. Te hi micchattaniyatabhāvato ekantena parihīnā aparipuṇṇā mahājānikā. Tenāha ‘‘duggati pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Vipākāvaraṇasamaṅginopi parihīnā. Atha vā sukkapakkhe aparihīnā nāma tividhāvaraṇavirahitā sammādiṭṭhikā kammassakatañāṇena ca samannāgatā. Sesaṃ vuttanayānusārena veditabbaṃ.
偈颂中,“从慧”(paññāyā)是表示“从……”的格,意指由于观智、道智的缺失。或者,也可理解为属格,表示如前述那样的智之缺失。这里所说的缺失,即应当生起的智未能生起。“于名色中执取”:对于名色,即五取蕴,以“这是我的”等方式,依凭爱和见的力量执取、耽著,由此便计度“这是真实的”,即认为“唯此真实,其余皆虚妄”。在“包括天界的世界中”这一句里,格的形式应作相应转换。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu paññāyāti nissakkavacanaṃ, vipassanāñāṇato maggañāṇato ca parihānenāti. Sāmivacanaṃ vā etaṃ, yathāvuttañāṇassa parihānenāti, uppādetabbassa anuppādanameva cettha parihānaṃ. Niviṭṭhaṃ nāmarūpasminti nāmarūpe upādānakkhandhapañcake ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhiniviṭṭhaṃ ajjhositaṃ, tato eva idaṃ saccanti maññatīti ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti maññati. ‘‘Sadevake loke’’ti vibhatti pariṇāmetabbā.
这样,在揭示了第一首偈颂的杂染分之后,为阐明慧的威力而说出此颂:由于未证得那种智慧,对名色的虚妄计度与执取便令烦恼之轮转动;而一旦证得,即能截断轮回。于是世尊宣说了“慧确为世间最上”此偈。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya saṃkilesapakkhaṃ dassetvā idāni yassā anuppattiyā nāmarūpasmiṃ maññanābhinivesehi kilesavaṭṭaṃ vattati, tassā uppattiyā vaṭṭassa upacchedoti paññāya ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento ‘‘paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmi’’nti gāthamāha.
其中,“世间”是指行世间。正如在一切有情中正自觉者最为无上,在诸行之中,也没有能与慧相比的法。一切善法以慧为最上,慧成就时,一切无过失的法也自然成就。正如经中所说:“具正见者,正思维得以生起”等。此处所赞叹的正是这最胜之慧。为了显示其运作方式,便说到“那趣向通达者”等。其含义是:这种慧,对于先前未曾通达、未曾破坏的贪蕴等,通过通达与破坏而运作、转起,因此称为“趣向通达者”;藉由这种慧,能在种种的有、胎、趣、识住、众生居处中,对于诸蕴的初结生——即所谓“生”,以及作为其相的业有,正确而无颠倒地了知它们的彻底灭尽,也就是了知和证得涅槃与阿拉汉果。如此伴有观照的圣道慧,在世间中是最上的。显示巴利原文
Tattha lokasminti saṅkhāralokasmiṃ. Sammāsambuddho viya sattesu, saṅkhāresu paññāsadiso dhammo natthi. Paññuttarā hi kusalā dhammā, paññāya ca siddhāya sabbe anavajjadhammā siddhā eva honti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa sammāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.141; saṃ. ni. 5.1). Yā panettha paññā adhippetā, sā seṭṭhāti thomitā. Yathā ca sā pavattati, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāyaṃ nibbedhagāminī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho – yā ayaṃ paññā anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhādiṃ nibbijjhantī padālentī gacchati pavattatīti nibbedhagāminī, yāya ca tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsesu sattanikāyesu khandhānaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattisaṅkhātāya jātiyā taṃnimittassa ca kammabhavassa parikkhayaṃ pariyosānaṃ nibbānaṃ arahattañca sammā aviparītaṃ jānāti sacchikaroti, ayaṃ sahavipassanā maggapaññā seṭṭhā lokasminti.
接着,为称赞具足上述慧力的诸漏尽者,世尊说出最后的偈颂:“诸天与人们……”。其含义是:对于他们,因为在四圣谛中遍知等十六种作用已究竟完成,故通过四谛现观而成为正自觉者;因念的广大成就,故为具念者;依前述方式已断除迷乱,成就慧的广大,故具足“光辉之慧”;或者,由于从前行道中戒等的圆满开始,直至证得涅槃,一直有喜、悦、欢喜、欢愉增长,故称为具足“光辉之慧”;由于断尽一切有身结而持最后身的诸漏尽者,诸天与人们仰慕喜爱他们,渴望达到他们的境界:“啊,慧的威力!啊,但愿我们也能如此,超越一切苦!”显示巴利原文
Idāni yathāvuttapaññānubhāvasampanne khīṇāsave abhitthavanto ‘‘tesaṃ devā manussā cā’’ti osānagāthamāha. Tassattho – tesaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu pariññādīnaṃ soḷasannaṃ kiccānaṃ niṭṭhitattā catusaccasambodhena sambuddhānaṃ, sativepullappattiyā satimataṃ, vuttanayena samugghātitasammohattā paññāvepullappattiyā hāsapaññānaṃ, pubbabhāge vā sīlādipāripūrito paṭṭhāya yāva nibbānasacchikiriyāya hāsavedatuṭṭhipāmojjabahulatāya hāsapaññānaṃ, sabbaso parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanattā antimasarīradhārīnaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ devā manussā ca pihayanti piyā honti, tabbhāvaṃ adhigantuṃ icchanti ‘‘aho paññānubhāvo, aho vata mayampi edisā evaṃ nittiṇṇasabbadukkhā bhaveyyāmā’’ti.
5. 白法经注疏显示巴利原文
5. Sukkadhammasuttavaṇṇanā
42 在第五经中,“白”并非因其颜色白而称为白,而是因为它能导向至白、至为清净的状态,故从成就之白的角度被称为“白”。就本质而言,一切善法皆是白法,因为它们恰是黑(不善)法的对立面。当这些善法生起时,心便变得明净、清净。“法”指善法。“世间”指有情世间。“守护”指通过依止、维持而守护界限。“惭”与“愧”:此处,于应惭耻处而惭耻,或依此心所而惭耻,称为“惭”。正如经中所说:“于应惭耻处而惭耻,于造作种种恶不善法而惭耻,是名为惭。”(《法集论》30)于应怖畏处而怖畏,或依此心所而怖畏,称为“愧”。正如经中所说:“于应怖畏处而怖畏,于造作种种恶不善法而怖畏,是名为愧。”(《法集论》31)显示巴利原文
42. Pañcame sukkāti na vaṇṇasukkatāya sukkā, sukkabhāvāya pana paramavodānāya saṃvattantīti nipphattisukkatāya sukkā. Sarasenapi sabbe kusalā dhammā sukkā eva kaṇhabhāvapaṭipakkhato . Tesañhi uppattiyā cittaṃ pabhassaraṃ hoti parisuddhaṃ. Dhammāti kusalā dhammā. Lokanti sattalokaṃ. Pālentīti ādhārasandhāraṇena mariyādaṃ ṭhapentā rakkhanti. Hirī ca ottappañcāti ettha hiriyati hiriyitabbena, hiriyanti etenāti vā hirī. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ hiriyati hiriyitabbena, hiriyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, ayaṃ vuccati hirī’’ti (dha. sa. 30). Ottappati ottappitabbena, ottappanti etenāti vā ottappaṃ. Vuttampicetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ ottappati ottappitabbena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā, idaṃ vuccati ottappa’’nti (dha. sa. 31).
其中,惭由内在因素生起,愧由外在因素生起。惭以自我为增上,愧以世间为增上。惭安立于惭耻的自性,愧安立于怖畏的自性。惭的特相是具足尊重,愧的特相是畏惧过患、于微细罪亦见怖畏。显示巴利原文
Tattha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ. Attādhipateyyā hirī, lokādhipateyyaṃ ottappaṃ. Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ.
其中,由内在生起的惭,依四种原因而生起:省察自身的出身、省察自身的年龄、省察自身的勇毅、省察自身的多闻。如何生起?“造作恶业一事,非出身高贵者所行,乃是出身卑贱者如渔夫等之所行。如我这般出身高贵者,行此事实不相应。”如此省察出身已,便不造杀生等恶业,惭即生起。同样地,“造作恶业一事,乃是年少者之所行,如我这般年高有德者,行此事实不相应。”省察年龄已,便不造恶业,惭即生起。“造作恶业一事,乃是懦弱无能者之所行,如我这般具足勇毅者,行此事实不相应。”省察勇毅已,便不造恶业,惭即生起。“造作恶业一事,乃是愚痴暗昧凡夫之所行,非智者所为。如我这般具足智慧、多闻者,行此事实不相应。”省察多闻已,便不造杀生等恶业,惭即生起。如此,由内在生起的惭,以此四种原因而生起。惭生起后,安住内心,便不复造恶业。是故,此惭名为由内在所生起者。显示巴利原文
Tattha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānaṃ hiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti – jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā, vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā, sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā, bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ na jātisampannānaṃ kammaṃ, hīnajaccānaṃ kevaṭṭādīnaṃ kammaṃ, mādisassa jātisampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ tāva jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ daharehi kattabbakammaṃ, mādisassa vaye ṭhitassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ dubbalajātikānaṃ kammaṃ, mādisassa sūrabhāvasampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ andhabālānaṃ kammaṃ, na paṇḍitānaṃ, mādisassa paṇḍitassa bahussutassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’’nti evaṃ bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpakammaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānaṃ hiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti. Samuṭṭhāpetvā ca pana attano citte hiriṃ pavesetvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ hirī ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā nāma hoti.
怎样是由外生起的愧呢?即内心如是思惟:“若你造作恶行,便会在四众之中受诸呵责。”显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ottappaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma? ‘‘Sace tvaṃ pāpakammaṃ karissasi, catūsu parisāsu garahappatto bhavissasi.
智者将呵责你,犹如呵责不净的市民;
你将为具戒者所摈斥——比丘,你将何以自处呢?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Garahissanti taṃ viññū, asuciṃ nāgariko yathā; Vajjito sīlavantehi, kathaṃ bhikkhu karissasī’’ti. –
当人这样反思时,便会以这种由外生起的愧,不去造作恶业。如此,这便称为从外而生起的愧。显示巴利原文
Paccavekkhanto hi bahiddhāsamuṭṭhitena ottappena pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ ottappaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ nāma hoti.
“惭以自为增上”应如何理解?在此教法中,某位善男子将自己视为尊长、视为至上,心想:“如我这般,依信出家,多闻,奉持头陀行教说,若行恶业,实不相称。”于是便不行恶业。如此,这便称为以自己为增上的惭。对此,世尊曾这样说过——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ hirī attādhipateyyā nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto attānaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā ‘‘mādisassa saddhāpabbajitassa bahussutassa dhutavādissa na yuttaṃ pāpakammaṃ kātu’’nti pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ hirī attādhipateyyā nāma hoti. Tenāha bhagavā –
他以自己为增上后,断除不善,修习善;断除有过的,修习无过的,守护自身的清净。显示巴利原文
‘‘So attānaṃyeva adhipatiṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.40).
什么是「愧以世间为增上」?在此,有善男子以世间为至上、为尊,故不造恶业。如经中说——显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ottappaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto lokaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Yathāha –
这个世间共住确实广大。在这广大的世间共住中,有具足神通、具天眼、知他心的沙门、婆罗门,他们从远处也看得见,近在咫尺也不被发现,且能以心了知他心。他们也会这样知道我:‘看啊,这位善男子出于信心从在家而出家,却与种种恶不善法混杂而住。’也有具足神通、具天眼、知他心的天女,她们从远处也看得见,近在咫尺也不被发现,且能以心了知他心。她们也会这样知道我:‘看啊,这位善男子出于信心从在家而出家,却与种种恶不善法混杂而住。’他便以世间为增上,断除不善。显示巴利原文
‘‘Mahā kho panāyaṃ lokasannivāso. Mahantasmiṃ kho pana lokasannivāse santi samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno , te dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tepi maṃ evaṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. Santi devatā iddhimantiniyo dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduniyo, tā dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tāpi maṃ evaṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ, kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. So lokaṃyeva adhipatiṃ katvā akusalaṃ pajahatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.40).
如此,便是「愧以世间为增上」。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ ottappaṃ.
「以惭耻为本性而住立」中,「惭耻」即羞耻的表现,以那本性而住立的是惭;「怖畏」即对恶趣的怖畏,以那本性而住立的是愧。这两者在避恶时显现。在此,譬如有两个铁球,一个冰冷且涂满粪便,另一个炽热而燃烧。智者因厌恶其涂粪而不取冷球,因畏惧其烧灼而不取热球。同样地,智者由于惭而厌恶恶行,故不造恶;由于愧而怖畏恶趣,故不造恶。如此,惭是以惭耻为本性而安立,愧是以怖畏为本性而安立。显示巴利原文
Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitāti ettha lajjāti lajjanākāro, tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitā hirī. Bhayanti apāyabhayaṃ, tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ pāpaparivajjane pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tattha yathā dvīsu ayoguḷesu eko sītalo bhaveyya gūthamakkhito, eko uṇho āditto. Tesu yathā sītalaṃ gūthamakkhitattā jigucchanto viññujātiko na gaṇhāti, itaraṃ dāhabhayena, evaṃ paṇḍito lajjāya jigucchanto pāpaṃ na karoti, ottappena apāyabhīto pāpaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ.
什么是「惭以有尊崇恭敬为相,愧以畏过患、见怖畏为相」呢?有人出于四种原因——思惟出生的殊胜、思惟导师的殊胜、思惟遗产的殊胜、思惟同梵行者的殊胜——由此生起尊重,从而引发具有尊崇恭敬之相的惭,不造恶;有人出于四种原因——畏惧自谴、畏惧他谴、畏惧刑罚、畏惧恶趣——于过患生起怖畏,从而引发具有畏过患、见怖畏之相的愧,不造恶。在此,由于惭与愧皆从内生起等,故在处处被说为显明,但它们并非有时会彼此分离。因为惭不会不伴有愧,而畏于恶的愧也不会不伴有惭。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ? Ekacco hi jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇā, satthumahattapaccavekkhaṇā, dāyajjamahattapaccavekkhaṇā, sabrahmacārimahattapaccavekkhaṇāti catūhi kāraṇehi tattha gāravena sappatissavalakkhaṇaṃ hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti, ekacco attānuvādabhayaṃ, parānuvādabhayaṃ, daṇḍabhayaṃ, duggatibhayanti catūhi kāraṇehi vajjato bhāyanto vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti. Ettha ca ajjhattasamuṭṭhānāditā hirottappānaṃ tattha tattha pākaṭabhāvena vuttā, na pana nesaṃ kadāci aññamaññavippayogo. Na hi lajjanaṃ nibbhayaṃ, pāpabhayaṃ vā alajjanaṃ atthīti.
「诸比丘!如果这两种白净法不护持世间」——诸比丘!若这两种无过失的法不护持世间,若不成为世间的守护者;那么在这个世间,便不会知有「母亲」。也就是说,在此世间,亲生母亲不会因「这是我的母亲」的尊重心而被认知,无法确定「这是母亲」。其余词句也同此理。「姨母」即母亲的姊妹。「舅母」即舅父的妻子。「尊长们」指祖父、叔父、兄长等应受尊敬的人。「混杂」是指混乱,或界限的破坏。这里以「羊等」来显示譬喻。因为这些众生不会以「这是我的母亲」或「姨母」的尊重心去认知,即使是对其所依的对象,也会颠倒而行。因此,引来羊等做譬喻。其简要意思是:如同羊等畜生,无惭无愧,不将母亲等视作母亲,破坏界限,在一切处混杂而行;同样地,若护世法不存在,这个人间界也会在一切处混杂而行。然而,正因为这些护世法守护世间,所以没有混杂。显示巴利原文
Imece, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ na pāleyyunti bhikkhave, ime dve anavajjadhammā yadi lokaṃ na rakkheyyuṃ, lokapālakā yadi na bhaveyyuṃ. Nayidha paññāyetha mātāti idha imasmiṃ loke janikā mātā ‘‘ayaṃ me mātā’’ti garucittīkāravasena na paññāyetha, ‘‘ayaṃ mātā’’ti na labbheyya. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Mātucchāti mātubhaginī. Mātulānīti mātulabhariyā. Garūnanti mahāpitucūḷapitujeṭṭhabhātuādīnaṃ garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ. Sambhedanti saṅkaraṃ, mariyādabhedaṃ vā. Yathā ajeḷakātiādīhi upamaṃ dasseti. Ete hi sattā ‘‘ayaṃ me mātā’’ti vā ‘‘mātucchā’’ti vā garucittīkāravasena na jānanti, yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya uppannā, tatthapi vippaṭipajjanti. Tasmā upamaṃ āharanto ajeḷakādayo āhari. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – yathā ajeḷakādayo tiracchānā hirottapparahitā mātādisaññaṃ akatvā bhinnamariyādā sabbattha sambhedena vattanti, evamayaṃ manussaloko yadi lokapālakadhammā na bhaveyyuṃ, sabbattha sambhedena vatteyya. Yasmā panime lokapālakadhammā lokaṃ pālenti, tasmā natthi sambhedoti.
在偈颂中,“若人无惭愧”——其中“若”仅为语助词。那些众生,惭与愧在一切时中皆无,于任何时候都不存在,不可得。他们即是“离善根者”:或造作了能断善根之业,或因作为善法基础的惭与愧自体便不存在,由是离于善法而住,退堕其中,故称离善根者。他们因一再受生与老死的自性,不能超越导向生死的轮回。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu yesaṃ ce hiriottappanti ceti nipātamattaṃ. Yesaṃ sattānaṃ hirī ca ottappañca sabbadāva sabbakālameva na vijjati na upalabbhati. Vokkantā sukkamūlā teti te sattā kusalamūlapacchedāvahassāpi kammassa karaṇato kusalakammānaṃ patiṭṭhānabhūtānaṃ hirottappānameva vā abhāvato kusalato vokkamitvā, apasakkitvā, ṭhitattā vokkantā sukkamūlā, punappunaṃ jāyanamīyanasabhāvattā jātimaraṇagāmino saṃsāraṃ nātivattantīti attho.
而那些心意清净的众生,则具有“惭”与“愧”。这些法在一切时中,不论初夜、中夜、后夜,皆正住于亲近,安立其中,于罪恶生厌离、起怖畏,以彼分断等方式断除罪恶。“梵行已增盛”意指:于教梵行与道梵行中达到增盛。他们证得最上道,一切烦恼已完全寂灭,故称寂静者;或由具有寂静功德,亦名寂静者;更因后有灭尽,故称后有已尽者。显示巴利原文
Yesañca hiriottappanti yesaṃ pana parisuddhamatīnaṃ sattānaṃ hirī ca ottappañcāti ime dhammā sadā sabbakālaṃ rattindivaṃ navamajjhimattherakālesu sammā upagamma ṭhitā pāpā jigucchantā bhāyantā tadaṅgādivasena pāpaṃ pajahantā. Virūḷhabrahmacariyāti sāsanabrahmacariye maggabrahmacariye ca virūḷhaṃ āpannā, aggamaggādhigamena sabbaso santakilesatāya santaguṇatāya vā santo, punabbhavassa khepitattā khīṇapunabbhavā hontīti.
第六 无生经注释显示巴利原文
6. Ajātasuttavaṇṇanā
43 第六“有,比丘们”的缘起如何?据说,一日世尊以种种方便开示轮回过患,为其寂灭等事,作了一场与涅槃相应的法谈。比丘们听闻后心想:“此轮回,世尊宣说以无明等为因、有因;然于涅槃及其寂灭,却未说任何因。此无因者,究竟如何于究竟义中证知?”于是,世尊为了遣除那些比丘的疑惑及无义,也为破斥如顺世派等外道的谬论——他们以为“所谓涅槃,仅为言说施设,因于究竟义中,涅槃无所得,亦不存在”,并欲阐明大甘露涅槃于究竟义中真实存在,显示其出离等功德威力,由法喜所驱,以优陀那方式说此经。实则,此经亦结集于《优陀那》中。显示巴利原文
43. Chaṭṭhe atthi, bhikkhaveti kā uppatti? Ekadivasaṃ kira bhagavatā anekapariyāyena saṃsāre ādīnavaṃ pakāsetvā tadupasamanādivasena nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammadesanāya katāya bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi ‘‘ayaṃ saṃsāro bhagavatā avijjādīhi kāraṇehi sahetuko vutto, nibbānassa pana tadupasamassa na kiñci kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, tayidaṃ ahetukaṃ kathaṃ saccikaṭṭhaparamatthena upalabbhatī’’ti. Atha bhagavā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vimatividhamanatthañceva, ‘‘idha samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ ‘nibbānaṃ nibbāna’nti vācāvatthumattameva, natthi hi paramatthato nibbānaṃ nāma anupalabbhamānasabhāvattā’’ti lokāyatikādayo viya vippaṭipannānaṃ bahiddhā ca puthudiṭṭhigatikānaṃ micchāvādabhañjanatthañca, amatamahānibbānassa paramatthato atthibhāvadīpanatthaṃ tassa ca nissaraṇabhāvādiānubhāvavantatādīpanatthaṃ pītivegena udānavasena idaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi. Tathā hi idaṃ suttaṃ udānepi (udā. 72-74) saṅgītaṃ.
其中,“atthi”(存在)指在究竟意义上可以被证得。“ajātaṃ”(无生)、“abhūtaṃ”(无有)、“akataṃ”(非作)、“asaṅkhataṃ”(无为)这些词都互为同义词。或者说,如受等诸法,并非由因缘和合这种力量合集而生、不是被产生的,所以称为“无生”;不依任何原因,自己并不存在、不显现、不生起的,所以称为“无有”;正因如此无生、无有,所以不是由任何原因所造作的,称为“非作”;为了显示具有生、有、作等性质的名色等诸行是有为法,而涅槃并非如此,所以称为“无为”。或者从反面说:由众缘和合共同造作而成的是“有为”;不是这样造作而成的是“无为”,也就是不具备有为的特征。这样,当否定了由多种因所生的状态后,可能会有人怀疑:“那是不是由单一的原因所造作的呢?”为了显示“不是由任何原因所造作的”,所以说「非作」。虽然没有原因,但为了否定“难道它是自己存在、自己显现的吗?”这样的疑虑,而说「无有」。进而为了显示它的无为、非作、无有的状态完全是由于无生之故,所以称「无生」。应当了知,这四个词都具有这样的意义。显示巴利原文
Tattha atthīti vijjati paramatthato upalabbhati. Ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhatanti sabbānipi padāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Atha vā vedanādayo viya hetupaccayasamavāyasaṅkhātāya kāraṇasāmaggiyā na jātaṃ na nibbattanti ajātaṃ. Kāraṇena vinā sayameva na bhūtaṃ na pātubhūtaṃ na uppannanti abhūtaṃ. Evaṃ ajātattā abhūtattā ca yena kenaci kāraṇena na katanti akataṃ. Jātabhūtakatasabhāvo ca nāmarūpādīnaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ hoti, na asaṅkhatasabhāvassa nibbānassāti dassanatthaṃ asaṅkhatanti vuttaṃ. Paṭilomato vā samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katanti saṅkhataṃ, tathā na saṅkhataṃ, saṅkhatalakkhaṇarahitanti ca asaṅkhatanti evaṃ anekehi kāraṇehi nibbattitabhāve paṭisiddhe ‘‘siyā nu kho ekeneva kāraṇena kata’’nti āsaṅkāyaṃ ‘‘na kenaci kata’’nti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘akata’’nti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ appaccayampi samānaṃ ‘‘sayameva nu kho idaṃ bhūtaṃ pātubhūta’’nti āsaṅkāyaṃ tannivattanatthaṃ ‘‘abhūta’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayañca etassa asaṅkhatākatābhūtabhāvo sabbena sabbaṃ ajātidhammattāti dassetuṃ ‘‘ajāta’’nti vuttanti. Evametesaṃ catunnampi padānaṃ sātthakabhāvo veditabbo.
如是,世尊宣说了“有,比丘们,那无生、无有、非作、无为”,指出涅槃在究竟义上的实有性。接着,为了说明理由,而开示“若没有此,比丘们……”等内容。这段话的概要如下:比丘们,如果没有那个具有无生等性质的无为界,那么对于世间那些有生等性质、被称作五取蕴(色等)的诸行,就根本不会通达其出离,也就是无余涅槃界的寂止。因为以涅槃为所缘而生起的正见等智慧圣道法,能无余地把烦恼断尽,因此,在这里,一切轮回之苦的不转起、离开、出离才被了知。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti paramatthato nibbānassa atthibhāvaṃ vatvā tattha hetuṃ dassento ‘‘no cetaṃ, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepo – bhikkhave, yadi ajātādisabhāvā asaṅkhatā dhātu na abhavissa na siyā, idha loke jātādisabhāvassa rūpādikkhandhapañcakasaṅkhātassa saṅkhāragatassa nissaraṇaṃ anavasesavaṭṭupasamo na paññāyeyya na upalabbheyya na sambhaveyya. Nibbānañhi ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattamānā sammādiṭṭhiādayo ariyamaggadhammā anavasesato kilese samucchindanti, tenettha sabbassapi vaṭṭadukkhassa appavatti apagamo nissaraṇaṃ paññāyati.
这样,通过遮诠的方式显示了涅槃存在之后,现在再通过随顺的方式加以说明,所以经文说“又因为……”等,意思与之前所说相同。在这里,正自觉者出于对一切世间的哀悯,已经在众多经典中教导过,例如“非因缘法、无为法”(《法集论》),“有,比丘们,那处……那里既没有地……”(《优陀那》),“这也是一处难见之地,即一切行寂止、一切依止的弃舍”(《大品》),“比丘们,我将为你们宣说无为法与导向无为的道路”(《相应部》),以及本部“有,比丘们,无生”经。这些都明确宣说了无余涅槃界在究竟义上的实有性,因此不应加以否认。对于不否认的智者,这里完全没有疑惑。然而,为了去除那些劣智者的疑惑,在此以义趣抉择作如理推察:如同可被遍知的有上的欲界、色界,它们有与之对立、性质远离的出离可以获得通达;同样,对于具有那种性质的一切有为法,必然有与之对立、性质远离的出离存在。而这个出离,就是无为界。再者,以有为法为所缘的观智,即使是随顺智,也无法以断除的方式断除烦恼;而以世俗谛为所缘的初禅等智,只能以镇伏的方式暂时去除烦恼,而不能显示巴利原文
Evaṃ byatirekavasena nibbānassa atthibhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni anvayavasenapi taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yasmā ca kho’’tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ vuttatthameva. Ettha ca yasmā ‘‘apaccayā dhammā, asaṅkhatā dhammā (dha. sa. dukamātikā 7, 8). Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī (udā. 71). Idampi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo (mahāva. 7; ma. ni. 1.281). Asaṅkhatañca vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi asaṅkhatagāminiñca paṭipada’’ntiādīhi (saṃ. ni. 4.366) anekehi suttapadehi ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajāta’’nti imināpi suttena nibbānadhātuyā paramatthato sabbhāvo sabbalokaṃ anukampamānena sammāsambuddhena desito, tasmā na paṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Tattha appaccakkhakārīnampi viññūnaṃ kaṅkhā vā vimati vā natthi eva. Ye pana abuddhipuggalā, tesaṃ vimativinodanatthaṃ ayamettha adhippāyaniddhāraṇamukhena yuttivicāraṇā – yathā pariññeyyatāya sauttarānaṃ kāmānaṃ rūpānañca paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ tabbidhurasabhāvaṃ nissaraṇaṃ paññāyati, evaṃ taṃsabhāvānaṃ sabbesaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtena tabbidhurasabhāvena nissaraṇena bhavitabbaṃ. Yañcetaṃ nissaraṇaṃ, sā asaṅkhatā dhātu. Kiñca bhiyyo, saṅkhatadhammārammaṇaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ api anulomañāṇaṃ kilese samucchedavasena pajahituṃ na sakkoti, tathā sammutisaccārammaṇaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu ñāṇaṃ vikkhambhanavaseneva kilese pajahati, na samucchedavasena. Iti saṅkhatadhammārammaṇassa sammutisaccārammaṇassa ca ñāṇassa kilesānaṃ samucchedappahāne asamatthabhāvato tesaṃ samucchedappahānakarassa ariyamaggañāṇassa tadubhayaviparītasabhāvena ārammaṇena bhavitabbaṃ , sā asaṅkhatā dhātu. Tathā ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti idaṃ nibbānassa paramatthato atthibhāvajotakavacanaṃ aviparītatthaṃ bhagavatā bhāsitattā. Yañhi bhagavatā bhāsitaṃ, taṃ aviparītatthaṃ paramatthanti yathā taṃ ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā, sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti (dha. pa. 277-279; cūḷani. hemakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 56). Tathā nibbānasaddo katthaci visaye yathābhūtaparamatthavisayo upacāravuttisabbhāvato seyyathāpi sīhasaddo. Atha vā attheva paramatthato asaṅkhatādhātu itaratabbiparītavinimuttasabhāvattā seyyathāpi pathavīdhātu vedanāti. Evamādīhi nayehi yuttitopi asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā paramatthato atthibhāvo veditabbo.
在偈颂中,「jātaṃ」(已生)是以生起为义,即已达到生起之相;「bhūtaṃ」(已存在)是以存在为义,即原先无有而后出现;「samuppannaṃ」(已集起)是以俱有的状态而生起,即与俱有之法一同生起;「kataṃ」(已作)是由作为原因的众缘所产生;「saṅkhataṃ」(有为)则是那些缘共同和合造作而成,故称有为。这些词都是缘所生法的异名。因为没有常恒的实质性等,故为“无常”。它必定与老死相碰撞、相混杂,所以称为“老死集合”。也读作“jarāmaraṇasaṅghaṭṭa”,意指受老死所逼迫、折磨。它是眼病等种种疾病的巢穴,故称“病巢”。由于自性以及遭到破坏时极易坏灭的特点,故为“易坏”。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu jātanti jāyanaṭṭhena jātaṃ, jātilakkhaṇappattanti attho. Bhūtanti bhavanaṭṭhena bhūtaṃ, ahutvā sambhūtanti attho. Samuppannanti sahitabhāvena uppannaṃ, sahitehi dhammehi ca uppannanti attho. Katanti kāraṇabhūtehi paccayehi nibbattitaṃ. Saṅkhatanti tehiyeva samecca sambhuyya katanti saṅkhataṃ, sabbametaṃ paccayanibbattassa adhivacanaṃ. Niccasārādivirahitato addhuvaṃ. Jarāya maraṇena ca ekanteneva saṅghaṭitaṃ saṃsaṭṭhanti jarāmaraṇasaṅghātaṃ. ‘‘Jarāmaraṇasaṅghaṭṭa’’ntipi paṭhanti, jarāya maraṇena ca upaddutaṃ pīḷitanti attho. Akkhirogādīnaṃ anekesaṃ rogānaṃ nīḷaṃ kulāvakanti roganīḷaṃ. Sarasato upakkamato ca pabhaṅguparamasīlatāya pabhaṅguraṃ.
「四种食」和「称为爱的引导(netti)」,是它的起源与生起之因,因此称作「食导为源」。或者,一切缘都可称为食,但在此因以爱为引导而取之,故应知即为爱等。因此,食与引导是它的起源,故称「食导为源」。或者,食本身就具有引导、运转的意义而成为引导,如此也称作「食导为源」。「不应欢喜于彼」:即指那五取蕴,由于如此依缘而存在、有过患,故是无常、是苦,不应以爱和见去欢喜它、乐于它。显示巴利原文
Catubbidho āhāro ca taṇhāsaṅkhātā netti ca pabhavo samuṭṭhānaṃ etassāti āhāranettippabhavaṃ. Sabbopi vā paccayo āhāro. Idha pana taṇhāya nettiggahaṇena gahitattā taṇhāvajjā veditabbā. Tasmā āhāro ca netti ca pabhavo etassāti āhāranettippabhavaṃ. Āhāro eva vā nayanaṭṭhena pavattanaṭṭhena nettīti evampi āhāranettippabhavaṃ. Nālaṃ tadabhinanditunti taṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ evaṃ paccayādhīnavuttikaṃ, tato eva aniccaṃ, dukkhañca taṇhādiṭṭhīhi abhinandituṃ assādetuṃ na yuttaṃ.
「它的出离」:对于前面所说“已生、已存在”等的有身,出离、超脱即是其出离。由于没有不寂静性质的贪等烦恼及一切行,又以其寂止的性质和殊胜的性质,故称「寂静」;因非寻思所能达到的境界,故称「非寻思行境」;以恒常义故,称「坚固」;正因如此,即是「无生」、「无产生」;因为没有了苦的原因,故称「无忧」;远离贪等尘垢,故称「离垢」;是那些被轮回苦所逼迫的人应修行的道路,故称「足处」;是生等苦法的灭因,故称「苦法之灭」;是一切行寂止的因,故称「行寂灭」;正因这是极度的安乐,故称「乐」。以这一切语词赞叹大甘露涅槃。如此,世尊在第一首偈颂中以遮遣的方式,在第二首偈颂中以随顺的方式,阐明了涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tassanissaraṇanti ‘‘jātaṃ bhūta’’ntiādinā vuttassa tassa sakkāyassa nissaraṇaṃ nikkamo anupasantasabhāvassa rāgādikilesassa sabbasaṅkhārassa ca abhāvena tadupasamabhāvena pasatthabhāvena ca santaṃ, takkañāṇassa agocarabhāvato atakkāvacaraṃ, niccaṭṭhena dhuvaṃ, tato eva ajātaṃ asamuppannaṃ, sokahetūnaṃ abhāvato asokaṃ, vigatarāgādirajattā virajaṃ, saṃsāradukkhaṭṭitehi paṭipajjitabbattā padaṃ, jātiādidukkhadhammānaṃ nirodhahetutāya nirodho dukkhadhammānaṃ, sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ upasamahetutāya saṅkhārūpasamo, tato eva accantasukhatāya sukhoti sabbapadehi amatamahānibbānameva thometi. Evaṃ bhagavā paṭhamagāthāya byatirekavasena, dutiyagāthāya anvayavasena ca nibbānaṃ vibhāvesi.
第七 涅槃界经注疏显示巴利原文
7. Nibbānadhātusuttavaṇṇanā
44 “dvemā”意为“这两种”。“vāna”指渴爱;从渴爱中出离,或其中没有渴爱,或当此涅槃被证得时渴爱便不存在,故为涅槃。以无有情、无命的意义,以及保持自性的意义,而称为“界”,所以是“涅槃界”。涅槃在究竟意义上虽无差别,依教说方式却有所分别。为显示这种教说分别,世尊说:“诸比丘,有这两种涅槃界。”进而开示“有余涅槃界”等。其中,被渴爱等作为果执取者,称为“取依”,即五蕴。取依的残余名为“取依余”;与取依余俱在的,即是“有余依”;由于没有此取依余,故为“无余依”。显示巴利原文
44. Sattame dvemāti dve imā. Vānaṃ vuccati taṇhā, nikkhantaṃ vānato, natthi vā ettha vānaṃ, imasmiṃ vā adhigate vānassa abhāvoti nibbānaṃ, tadeva nissattanijjīvaṭṭhena sabhāvadhāraṇaṭṭhena ca dhātūti nibbānadhātu. Yadipi tassā paramatthato bhedo natthi , pariyāyena pana paññāyatīti taṃ pariyāyabhedaṃ sandhāya ‘‘dvemā, bhikkhave, nibbānadhātuyo’’ti vatvā yathādhippetappabhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saupādisesā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha taṇhādīhi phalabhāvena upādīyatīti upādi, khandhapañcakaṃ. Upādiyeva sesoti upādiseso, saha upādisesenāti saupādisesā, tadabhāvato anupādisesā.
“阿拉汉”指烦恼远离者,即已远离烦恼之人。世尊曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Arahanti ārakakileso, dūrakilesoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,怎样的比丘是阿拉汉呢?凡那些恶、不善法,杂染、导致再生、有祸患、带来苦报、未来引发生老死的法,皆已远离于他。诸比丘,这样的比丘即是阿拉汉。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti, ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā, sadarā dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.434).
“诸漏尽者”:欲漏等四种漏,对于阿拉汉已经灭尽、断除、舍弃、止息,永不复生,被智火焚尽,故称诸漏尽者。“梵行已立”:在师长共住中、在圣道中、在十种圣住中,他已住于其中、已遍住其中、已圆满安住其中、已出离而住,践行了所应行之行,故称梵行已立。“所作已办”:从善凡夫开始,七种有学依四道而修应作之事,而诸漏尽者的一切应作皆已成办、圆满,为证苦灭再无余事可作,故称所作已办。这也曾被如此说过:显示巴利原文
Khīṇāsavoti kāmāsavādayo cattāropi āsavā arahato khīṇā samucchinnā pahīnā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhāti khīṇāsavo. Vusitavāti garusaṃvāsepi ariyamaggepi dasasu ariyavāsesupi vasi parivasi parivuṭṭho vuṭṭhavāso ciṇṇacaraṇoti vusitavā. Katakaraṇīyoti puthujjanakalyāṇakaṃ upādāya satta sekhā catūhi maggehi karaṇīyaṃ karonti nāma, khīṇāsavassa sabbakaraṇīyāni katāni pariyositāni, natthi uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ dukkhakkhayādhigamāyāti katakaraṇīyo. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“对于这位正解脱、心寂静的比丘”:即那位以正确方式彻底解脱、内心全然寂静的比丘。所谓“已作”,是指过去所造之业;它“不复积累”,即不再结生新的果报。而“应作”则指还需进一步修习的更高道果;于他而言,这些“更无所有”,即再无任何应做之事。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tassa sammā vimuttassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno;
「已卸重担」:担子有三种——蕴担、烦恼担、行作担。他的这三种担子都已经卸下、放下、舍弃、抛弃了,所以称为“已卸重担”。「已逮得己利」:也就是“已经获得自己的利益”。“己利”就是“自己的利益”,这里把k字母转成了d字母。因此,已经获得自己的利益,而“己利”应被理解为阿拉汉果。因为这个阿拉汉果,以系属于自己这一意义、不弃舍自己这一意义、自己的究竟义这三方面来说,是“自己的利益”,所以称为“己利”。「已尽有结」:欲贪结、嗔恚结、慢结、见结、疑结、戒禁取结、有贪结、悭吝结、无明结——这些结在有(生存)中,或者依于有而将人捆绑、束缚,所以称为有结。阿拉汉对这些结都已经彻底灭尽、断除,被智慧之火完全烧毁,所以称为“已尽有结”。「以正智解脱」:在这里,“正智”指的是正确地了知。这就是说:对于蕴的蕴义、处的处义、界的空义、苦的逼迫义、集的生起义、灭的寂静义、道的见义,或者对‘一切行无常’等种种分别,如实地正确了知、了悟、裁决、分别、明晰之后。“解脱”指两种解脱:心的解脱和涅槃。因为阿拉汉已经从一切烦恼中解脱出来,所以他在心解脱上也解脱了,在涅槃上也解脱了。因此说“以正智解脱”。显示巴利原文
Katassa paṭicayo natthi, karaṇīyaṃ na vijjatī’’ti. (a. ni. 6.55; mahāva. 244);
“已放下重担”:重担有三种——蕴重担、烦恼重担、行作重担。对于这位阿罗汉,这三种重担都已放舍、卸落、摒弃、抛下,因此称为“已放下重担”。“已到达己利”:即到达了己利,也就是自己的目标;此处将 ka 音转为 da 音。因他已藉此到达了己利,故称“已到达己利”;而“己利”应理解为阿罗汉果。因为阿罗汉果依其系属自身之义、不弃自身之义以及自身最胜之义,故成为自己的目标,称为己利。“已灭尽有结”:欲贪结、嗔恚结、慢结、见结、疑结、戒禁取结、有贪结、嫉妒结、悭吝结、无明结——这些结使令众生在有(生存)中,或有与有之间连结、紧缚,故称有结。对于阿罗汉,这些有结已彻底灭尽、断除、被智火焚尽,因此称为“已灭尽有结”。“以正智解脱”:此处,正智即正确地了知后——就是说,正确地如实了知诸蕴之蕴义、诸处之处义、诸界之空义、苦之逼迫义、集之生起义、灭之寂静义、道之见义,或正确地如实了知“诸行无常”等种种分类,予以了知、度知、衡量、通达、显明之后。“解脱”:解脱有二种——心解脱与涅槃。因阿罗汉从一切烦恼中解脱,故既以心解脱而解脱,也于显示巴利原文
Ohitabhāroti tayo bhārā – khandhabhāro, kilesabhāro, abhisaṅkhārabhāroti. Tassime tayopi bhārā ohitā oropitā nikkhittā pātitāti ohitabhāro. Anuppattasadatthoti anuppatto sadatthaṃ, sakatthanti vuttaṃ hoti, kakārassa dakāro kato. Anuppatto sadattho etenāti anuppattasadattho, sadatthoti ca arahattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tañhi attupanibandhaṭṭhena attano avijahanaṭṭhena attano paramatthena ca attano atthattā sakattho hoti. Parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanoti kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ, paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ, mānadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsabhavarāgaissāmacchariyaavijjāsaṃyojananti imāni satte bhavesu. Bhavaṃ vā bhavena saṃyojenti upanibandhantīti bhavasaṃyojanāni nāma. Tāni arahato parikkhīṇāni, pahīnāni, ñāṇagginā, daḍḍhānīti parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano. Sammadaññā vimuttoti ettha sammadaññāti sammā aññāya, idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – khandhānaṃ khandhaṭṭhaṃ, āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭhaṃ, dhātūnaṃ suññaṭṭhaṃ, dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭhaṃ, samudayassa pabhavaṭṭhaṃ, nirodhassa santaṭṭhaṃ, maggassa dassanaṭṭhaṃ ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti evamādibhedaṃ vā sammā yathābhūtaṃ aññāya jānitvā tīrayitvā tulayitvā vibhāvetvā vibhūtaṃ katvā. Vimuttoti dve vimuttiyo cittassa ca vimutti nibbānañca. Arahā hi sabbakilesehi vimuttattā cittavimuttiyāpi vimutto, nibbānepi vimuttoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sammadaññā vimutto’’ti.
“他的五根仍然安立”:对于那位阿罗汉,只要作为他最后有之因的业尚未耗尽,他的眼等五根就仍会相续安立。“因无损害故”:即因其不受生灭的逼害,故不被摧坏。“对悦意与不悦意境”:即对可爱与不可爱的色等所缘境。“受用”:指领纳、获得。“感受乐与苦”:指领受作为果报的乐与苦,即藉由那些根门去获得。显示巴利原文
Tassa tiṭṭhanteva pañcindriyānīti tassa arahato carimabhavahetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ yāva na khīyati, tāva tiṭṭhantiyeva cakkhādīni pañcindriyāni. Avighātattāti anuppādanirodhavasena aniruddhattā. Manāpāmanāpanti iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ rūpādigocaraṃ. Paccanubhotīti vindati paṭilabhati. Sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetīti vipākabhūtaṃ sukhañca dukkhañca paṭisaṃvedeti tehi dvārehi paṭilabhati.
至此,已展示了有余依;现在为了展示有余涅槃界,而说“tassa yo”等语。其中,“tassa”指那位处于有余依状态的阿罗汉。“Yo rāgakkhayo”:即贪的灭尽、已尽灭的状态、无有、毕竟不生。这个解释方式同样适用于其余(嗔和痴的灭尽)。至此,贪等烦恼的灭尽便被显示为有余涅槃界。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā upādisesaṃ dassetvā idāni saupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tassa yo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tassāti tassa saupādisesassa sato arahato. Yo rāgakkhayoti rāgassa khayo khīṇākāro abhāvo accantamanuppādo. Esa nayo sesesupi. Ettāvatā rāgādikkhayo saupādisesā nibbānadhātūti dassitaṃ hoti.
「就在这里」:即就在此自身之中。「一切感受」:指乐受等一切无记受,因为善与不善之受此前已断除。「不被欢喜」:即不被渴爱等所欢喜。「将变得清凉」:以彻底的寂止,由于诸行的扰动止息而变得清凉;亦即以不再有结生的灭尽而熄灭。并非只有受,事实上,一切漏尽者相续中的五蕴都将熄灭,此处仅以受为首而作开示。显示巴利原文
Idhevāti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Sabbavedayitānīti sukhādayo sabbā abyākatavedanā, kusalākusalavedanā pana pubbeyeva pahīnāti. Anabhinanditānīti taṇhādīhi na abhinanditāni. Sītibhavissantīti accantavūpasamena saṅkhāradarathapaṭippassaddhiyā sītalī bhavissanti, appaṭisandhikanirodhena nirujjhissantīti attho. Na kevalaṃ vedayitāniyeva, sabbepi pana khīṇāsavasantāne pañcakkhandhā nirujjhissanti, vedayitasīsena desanā katā.
在偈颂中,「具眼者」:以佛眼、法眼、天眼、慧眼、普眼这五种眼而具眼者。「无依着者」:指不以渴爱与邪见为依而依着于任何法,或者不被贪缚等所缚者。「如此者」:由具足六支舍,于一切环境中对可爱、不可爱等事物保持平等一味之本性,以此称为「如此相」,具足此相者称为「如此者」。「现法所属的」:指存在于现在此有身中、现前现行的。「由于有爱的灭尽」:即作为有之引线的渴爱彻底灭尽。「来世所属的」:指在来世,即五蕴坏灭之后的未来阶段才生起的。「在那种中」:即在那种无余涅槃之中。「诸有」:此处以语法性别倒置而说,意指种种再生有,它们将毫无剩余地全部彻底熄灭,不再转起。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu cakkhumatāti buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhu, samantacakkhūti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumatā. Anissitenāti taṇhādiṭṭhinissayavasena kañci dhammaṃ anissitena, rāgabandhanādīhi vā abandhena. Tādināti chaḷaṅgupekkhāvasena sabbattha iṭṭhādīsu ekasabhāvatāsaṅkhātena tādilakkhaṇena tādinā. Diṭṭhadhammikāti imasmiṃ attabhāve bhavā vattamānā. Bhavanettisaṅkhayāti bhavanettiyā taṇhāya parikkhayā. Samparāyikāti samparāye khandhabhedato parabhāge bhavā. Yamhīti yasmiṃ anupādisesanibbāne. Bhavānīti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, upapattibhavā sabbaso anavasesā nirujjhanti, na pavattanti.
「Te」(他们):即那些如此心解脱者。「由于证得法味」:因为他们以解脱为味,于此法与律中,由证得诸法中为精髓的阿罗汉果。「于灭尽」:即乐于、喜乐于贪等灭尽的涅槃。或者,因恒常性、最胜性,于诸法中为精髓,故称「法味」,即涅槃。正如所说:「离欲是诸法中之最胜者」(《法句经》273),「离欲被称为它们中至高无上的」(《如是语》90;《增支部》4.34)。由证得此法味,他们乐于灭尽、乐于诸行的彻底灭尽、乐于无余涅槃。「他们舍断」:即舍弃了。「Te」此处仅为小品词。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
Teti te evaṃ vimuttacittā. Dhammasārādhigamāti vimuttisārattā imassa dhammavinayassa, dhammesu sārabhūtassa arahattassa adhigamanato. Khayeti rāgādikkhayabhūte nibbāne ratā abhiratā. Atha vā niccabhāvato seṭṭhabhāvato ca dhammesu sāranti dhammasāraṃ, nibbānaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ (dha. pa. 273), virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) ca. Tassa dhammasārassa adhigamahetu khaye sabbasaṅkhāraparikkhaye anupādisesanibbāne ratā. Pahaṃsūti pajahiṃsu. Teti nipātamattaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
第八 隐居经注释显示巴利原文
8. Paṭisallānasuttavaṇṇanā
45 在第八经中,「乐隐居者」:从种种众生行中退转之后,隐居,即独一安住、隐于一边,意为身远离。他们乐于、喜爱那种隐居,故称「乐隐居者」。也有读作「隐居为乐者」的。如前所述,因为隐居是可喜乐的,所以隐居成为他们的乐处,故称「隐居为乐者」。「你们安住」:意思是成为那样的状态而住。「喜爱隐居者」:指对于隐居喜爱、热心投入、充满喜悦。至此,已显示了警寤策励以及作为其表现形态的闲静身。应当知道:警寤策励、戒防护、守护根门、饮食知量、正念正知——这些法若未具足则无法运作,所以它们在此处的含义中也已被包含。显示巴利原文
45. Aṭṭhame paṭisallānarāmāti tehi tehi sattasaṅkhārehi paṭinivattitvā sallānaṃ paṭisallānaṃ, ekavihāro ekamantasevitā, kāyavivekoti attho. Taṃ paṭisallānaṃ ramanti rocantīti paṭisallānarāmā. ‘‘Paṭisallānārāmā’’tipi pāṭho. Yathā vuttaṃ paṭisallānaṃ āramitabbato ārāmo etesanti paṭisallānārāmā. Viharathāti evaṃbhūtā hutvā viharathāti attho. Paṭisallāne ratā niratā sammuditāti paṭisallānaratā. Ettāvatā jāgariyānuyogo, tassa nimittabhūtā vūpakaṭṭhakāyatā ca dassitā. Jāgariyānuyogo, sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu, guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, satisampajaññanti imehi dhammehi vinā na vattatīti tepi idha atthato vuttā evāti veditabbā.
「Ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyuttā」(内勤修心寂止):即致力于自己内心的心寂止。「Ajjhattaṃ」(内)与「attano」(自己的)是同义词,只是用词不同。此处(ajjhattaṃ)是处格,而「samathaṃ」(寂止)因与随词(anusadda)的关联而成为业格。「Anirākatajjhānā」(不退失禅那者):即禅那不向外泄出,或不坏失的禅那。「nirākata」(取出或坏失)的用法,如同‘除去支撑后便随风飘动’等(《经集》328)。「Vipassanāya samannāgatā」(具足观):即具足七种随观。七种随观是:无常随观、苦随观、无我随观、厌离随观、离欲随观、灭随观、弃舍随观。这些在《清净道论》中有详细说明。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyuttāti attano cittasamathe anuyuttā. Ajjhattaṃ attanoti ca etaṃ ekatthaṃ, byañjanameva nānaṃ. Bhummatthe cetaṃ samathanti anusaddayogena upayogavacanaṃ. Anirākatajjhānāti bahi anīhatajjhānā avināsitajjhānā vā. Nīharaṇaṃ vināso vāti idaṃ nirākataṃ nāma ‘‘thambhaṃ niraṃkatvā nivātavuttī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 328) viya. Vipassanāya samannāgatāti sattavidhāya anupassanāya yuttā. Sattavidhā anupassanā nāma aniccānupassanā, dukkhānupassanā, anattānupassanā, nibbidānupassanā, virāgānupassanā, nirodhānupassanā, paṭinissaggānupassanā ca, tā visuddhimagge vitthāritāva.
「Brūhetāro suññāgārānaṃ」(增长空寂处者):即增长空寂处的人。这里,「suññāgārānaṃ」(空寂处)指任何寂静、适合修行业处的地方。以止观作为业处,日夜进入空寂处,依止于修习而安坐的比丘,应知为「增长空寂处者」。即使住在单层楼阁等中的禅修者,也应知他们是增长空寂处者。显示巴利原文
Brūhetāro suññāgārānanti vaḍḍhetāro suññāgārānaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘suññāgārāna’’nti yaṃkiñci vivittaṃ bhāvanānuyogassa anucchavikaṭṭhānaṃ. Samathavipassanāvasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā rattindivaṃ suññāgāraṃ pavisitvā bhāvanānuyogavasena nisīdamānā bhikkhū ‘‘brūhetāro suññāgārāna’’nti veditabbā. Ekabhūmikādipāsādepi pana vāsaṃ kurumānā jhāyino suññāgārānaṃ brūhetārotveva veditabbā.
此处,通过“比丘们!你们应当乐住远离、喜爱远离”一语,确立了身远离。这身远离唯对戒清净者说,非对无戒或戒不清净者,因为后者无法令心从色所缘等中回转。因此,从义理上,这也显示了戒清净——此义前面已说。通过“内勤修心寂止、不退失禅那”二句,显示了定的修习;通过“具足观”一句,显示了慧的修习。如此,便显示了世间三学。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca yā ‘‘paṭisallānarāmā, bhikkhave, viharatha paṭisallānaratā’’ti vūpakaṭṭhakāyatā vihitā, sā parisuddhasīlassa, na asīlassa avisuddhasīlassa vā tassa rūpārammaṇādito cittavinivattanasseva abhāvatoti atthato sīlavisuddhi dassitāti vuttovāyamattho. ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyuttā anirākatajjhānā’’ti padadvayena samādhibhāvanā, ‘‘vipassanāya samannāgatā’’ti iminā paññābhāvanā vihitāti lokiyā tisso sikkhā dassitā.
现在,为了显示安住于他们远离之中决然获得的果报,而说“乐远离……”等。其中,“已修习”指已令增长。“两种果”指第三不来果与第四阿拉汉果。“可被期待”指应当希求、必定可得。“其他”指阿拉汉果。何以故?阿拉汉果在不超越下位道智所知范围而了知的意义上,是圆满的知,且其上再没有了知的功能,故称为“其他”。或者,“当有余依时”是指尚有烦恼残余、未能断尽之时。因为当智未成熟时,那些应由成熟智所断除的烦恼便不得断除。正是对此故说“当有余依时”。只要烦恼存在,由蕴所构造的生死轮回便依然存在。如是,此经中开示了不来果与阿拉汉果二种法。如于此经,随后二经亦是如此。显示巴利原文
Idāni tāsu patiṭṭhitassa avassaṃbhāviphalaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘paṭisallānarāmāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha brūhetānanti vaḍḍhetānaṃ. Dvinnaṃ phalānanti tatiyacatutthaphalānaṃ. Pāṭikaṅkhanti icchitabbaṃ avassaṃbhāvī. Aññāti arahattaṃ. Tañhi heṭṭhimamaggañāṇehi ñātamariyādaṃ anatikkamitvā jānanato paripuṇṇajānanattā upari jānanakiccābhāvato ca ‘‘aññā’’ti vuccati. Sati vā upādiseseti sati vā kilesūpādisese, pahātuṃ asakkuṇeyye sati. Ñāṇe hi aparipakke ye tena paripakkena pahātabbakilesā, te na pahīyanti. Taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘sati vā upādisese’’ti. Sati ca kilese khandhābhisaṅkhārā tiṭṭhanti eva. Iti imasmiṃ sutte anāgāmiphalaṃ arahattanti dve dhammā dassitā. Yathā cettha, evaṃ ito paresu dvīsu suttesu.
在偈颂中,“那些心寂静者”:是指瑜伽行者们,由于以彼分断与镇伏断的方式令烦恼止息,因而成为心寂静者。“审慎”是指慧,因为具足慧而称为审慎者。这一句显示了他们守护业处的智慧。“具念而修禅那者”:于行住坐卧等中,他们以不舍离业处的因所生之念而成为具念者;以具备审察所缘相的禅那而成为修禅那者。“他们正确地观法,于诸欲无期盼者”:此谓他们先前即依“诸欲如骨骸之喻”等,省察了事欲与烦恼欲的过患,因而于诸欲无期盼、无希求。他们舍弃欲贪,以已证得的近行定或安止定为基,把握名色及其缘,以聚之推度等方法,正确而无颠倒地随观五蕴之法为无常等。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu ye santacittāti ye yogāvacarā tadaṅgavasena vikkhambhanavaseva ca samitakilesatāya santacittā. Nepakkaṃ vuccati paññā, tāya samannāgatattā nipakā. Iminā tesaṃ kammaṭṭhānapariharaṇañāṇaṃ dasseti. Satimantoca jhāyinoti ṭhānanisajjādīsu kammaṭṭhānāvijahanahetubhūtāya satiyā satimanto, ārammaṇūpanijjhānalakkhaṇena jhānena jhāyino. Sammā dhammaṃ vipassanti, kāmesu anapekkhinoti pubbeyeva ‘‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.234; pāci. 417) vatthukāmesu kilesakāmesu ca ādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena anapekkhino anatthikā te pahāya adhigataṃ upacārasamādhiṃ appanāsamādhiṃ vā pādakaṃ katvā nāmarūpaṃ tassa paccaye ca pariggahetvā kalāpasammasanādikkamena sammā aviparītaṃ pañcakkhandhadhammaṃ aniccādito vipassanti.
「乐于不放逸」:指对于如前所说的止观修习,于不放逸中得乐、乐在其中,并以如是的不放逸度诸日夜。「寂静者」:指那些内心平静的人。也有传本读作「众生」,意为“各个众生”。「见放逸中的怖畏者」:指见到于放逸中会招致地狱结生等怖畏的人。「不可能退转」:指像这样修习的人,不可能从止观法或道果退转。因为已成就的止观不会退失,而未证得的亦能证得。「近于涅槃」:指就在那无取著的般涅槃近处,即不久便证涅槃。显示巴利原文
Appamādaratāti vuttappakārāya samathavipassanābhāvanāya appamajjane ratā abhiratā tattha appamādeneva rattindivaṃ vītināmentā. Santāti samānā. ‘‘Sattā’’tipi pāṭho, puggalāti attho. Pamāde bhayadassinoti nirayūpapattiādikaṃ pamāde bhayaṃ passantā. Abhabbā parihānāyāti te evarūpā samathavipassanādhammehi maggaphalehi vā parihānāya abhabbā. Samathavipassanāto hi sampattato na parihāyanti, itarāni ca appattāni pāpuṇanti. Nibbānasseva santiketi nibbānassa ca anupādāparinibbānassa ca santike eva, na cirasseva naṃ adhigamissantīti.
9. 《修学功德经》的注释显示巴利原文
9. Sikkhānisaṃsasuttavaṇṇanā
46 「以学为功德」:此处,应学之事名为“学”,学有三种:增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学。此三学即是他们的功德,而非利养、恭敬与声誉,故称“以学为功德”。「你们应安住」:意为:你们应作为以学为功德者而安住,即于三学中见其功德,以从诸学应得的功德为如理观察而安住。「以慧为上」:于诸学中,名为增上慧学的慧,在他们之中最上、最胜、最殊胜,故称“以慧为上”。凡以学为功德而安住者,他们即成为以慧为上者。「以解脱为核心」:阿罗汉果的解脱是他们的核心,故称“以解脱为核心”,意为只将如前所述的解脱执取为核心而安立。凡以学为功德、以慧为上者,不希求殊胜的有,反而期望无有,唯以解脱为核心而精进。「以念为导首」:以作最胜义故,念为其导首,故称“以念为导首”,导首即前导之意。意为:于四念处善安住心,以身等随观为门,致力于止观修习者。显示巴利原文
46. Navame sikkhānisaṃsāti ettha sikkhitabbāti sikkhā, sā tividhā adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhāti. Tividhāpi cesā sikkhā ānisaṃsā etesaṃ, na lābhasakkārasilokāti sikkhānisaṃsā. Viharathāti sikkhānisaṃsā hutvā viharatha, tīsu sikkhāsu ānisaṃsadassāvino hutvā tāhi sikkhāhi laddhabbaṃ ānisaṃsameva sampassantā viharathāti attho. Paññuttarāti tāsu sikkhāsu yā adhipaññāsikkhāsaṅkhātā paññā, sā uttarā padhānā visiṭṭhā etesanti paññuttarā. Ye hi sikkhānisaṃsā viharanti, te paññuttarā bhavantīti. Vimuttisārāti arahattaphalasaṅkhātā vimutti sāraṃ etesanti vimuttisārā, yathāvuttaṃ vimuttiṃyeva sārato gahetvā ṭhitāti attho. Ye hi sikkhānisaṃsā paññuttarā ca, na te bhavavisesaṃ patthenti, apica kho vibhavaṃ ākaṅkhantā vimuttiṃyeva sārato paccenti. Satādhipateyyāti jeṭṭhakakaraṇaṭṭhena sati adhipateyyaṃ etesanti satādhipateyyā adhipati eva adhipateyyanti katvā, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā kāyānupassanādimukhena samathavipassanābhāvanānuyuttāti attho.
又或者,「以学为功德」:诸比丘,值此难得机遇之时,你们应唯以修习三学为功德而安住。如此安住者,即成为以慧为上者——以慧为最上,成就出世间慧而安住。成为如是者,又成为以解脱为核心者——即以涅槃为核心、不以余事为核心而安住。达成此状态的方法,即是你们应「以念为导首」而安住:应致力于念处修习,或于一切处,以具念守护之心而安住。此处应如此了知义理。如此,世尊劝导比丘众于三学时,简要开示了他们学处应如何修习,以及依何而得圆满。如今,为显依教奉行者所得殊胜果报,以明此修行真实不虚,而说「以学为功德……」等。其义即如前所说。显示巴利原文
Atha vā sikkhānisaṃsāti bhikkhave, evarūpe dullabhakkhaṇapaṭilābhe tividhasikkhāsikkhanameva ānisaṃsaṃ katvā viharatha, evaṃ viharantā ca paññuttarā paññāya uttarā lokuttarapaññāya samannāgatā hutvā viharatha, evaṃbhūtā ca vimuttisārā nibbānasārā anaññasārā viharatha. Tathābhāvassa cāyaṃ upāyo, yaṃ satādhipateyyā viharatha, satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāya yuttappayuttā hotha, sabbattha vā satārakkhena cetasā viharathāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Iti bhagavā tīsu sikkhāsu bhikkhū niyojento yathā tā sikkhitabbā, yena ca pāripūriṃ gacchanti, taṃ saṅkhepeneva dassetvā idāni yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānānaṃ phalavisesadassanena tassā paṭipattiyā amoghabhāvaṃ pakāsento ‘‘sikkhānisaṃsāna’’ntiādimāha. Taṃ vuttatthameva.
偈颂中的“已圆满之学”:指因证得最上果而清净之学,即“无学”。“不退堕法”:在此,可退堕法是指会退失的解脱。因为“有退堕法”即是有退堕、会变动的法。“非有退堕法”即是“不退堕法”,即不动摇的法。也有版本作“不退堕法”,其义相同。“灭尽即是终点”故称为“灭尽终点”;以生的灭尽为终点,即是“生灭尽终点”,即涅槃。或者,“灭尽”指死亡,以生的灭尽为终点即是涅槃。因已见彼,故为“已见生灭尽终点者”。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu paripuṇṇasikkhanti aggaphalappattiyā parisuddhasikkhaṃ, asekkhanti attho. Apahānadhammanti ettha pahānadhammā vuccanti kuppā vimuttiyo. Pahānadhammoti hi hānadhammo kuppadhammo. Na pahānadhammoti apahānadhammo, akuppadhammo. ‘‘Appahānadhammo’’tipi pāḷi, so eva attho. Khayo eva antoti khayanto, jātiyā khayanto jātikhayanto, nibbānaṃ. Khayo vā maraṇaṃ, jātikhayanto nibbānameva, tassa diṭṭhattā jātikhayantadassī.
“因此”:由于学之圆满而有此超越老死之究竟功德,故说“因此”。“常”:指一切时。“乐于禅那”:乐于两种禅那,即审察特相之禅那与审察所缘之禅那,由此成为“得定者”。“战胜魔与魔军”:即战胜了由烦恼军与非义利军所伴随的四种魔,彻底无余。为何说魔有军呢?这确实是自古以来的说法。对于天子魔,在损害功德时,因烦恼能作助伴,故称烦恼为“军”。同样地,疾病等非义利属于死魔之军。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Tasmāti yasmā sikkhāpāripūriyā ayaṃ jarāpāraṅgamanapariyosāno ānisaṃso, tasmā. Sadāti sabbakālaṃ. Jhānaratāti lakkhaṇūpanijjhāne, ārammaṇūpanijjhāneti duvidhepi jhāne ratā, tato eva samāhitā. Māraṃ sasenaṃ abhibhuyyāti kilesasenāya anaṭṭhasenāya ca sasenaṃ anavasiṭṭhaṃ catubbidhampi māraṃ abhibhavitvā. Devaputtamārassapi hi guṇamāraṇe sahāyabhāvūpagamanato kilesā ‘‘senā’’ti vuccanti. Tathā rogādayo anaṭṭhā maccumārassa. Yathāha –
“欲望是你的第一支军队,第二支称为不乐;
第三支是你的饥渴,第四支称为渴爱。
利养、称誉、恭敬,及由邪道所得的名声;
抬高自己而轻蔑他人。
这便是你那魔罗的军队,是黑魔的攻击之力;
非勇者不能战胜它,战胜之后便获得安乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati; Tatiyā khuppipāsā te, catutthī taṇhā pavuccati. ‘‘Pañcamī thinamiddhaṃ te, chaṭṭhā bhīrū pavuccati; Sattamī vicikicchā te, makkho thambho ca aṭṭhamo. ‘‘Lābho siloko sakkāro, micchāladdho ca yo yaso; Yo cattānaṃ samukkaṃse, pare ca avajānati. ‘‘Esā namuci te senā, kaṇhassābhippahārinī; Na naṃ asūro jināti, jetvā ca labhate sukha’’nti. (su. ni. 438-441; mahāni. 28);
‘‘Ajjeva kiccamātappaṃ, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve; Na hi no saṅgaraṃ tena, mahāsenena maccunā’’ti. (ma. ni. 3.280; jā. 2.22.121);
你们当超越生死,抵达彼岸:意为你们应当成为超越生与死、趣向涅槃的到彼岸者。显示巴利原文
Bhavatha jātimaraṇassa pāragāti jātiyā maraṇassa ca pāragāmino nibbānagāmino bhavathāti.
第十、〈警寤经〉注释显示巴利原文
10. Jāgariyasuttavaṇṇanā
47 在第十部经中,「警寤者」:指常醒不懈者、远离睡眠者、勤修觉寤者。其义为:日夜不懈,专心致志于业处的作意。正如所说:显示巴利原文
47. Dasame jāgaroti jāgarako vigataniddo jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, rattindivaṃ kammaṭṭhānamanasikāre yuttappayuttoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ –
诸比丘,比丘如何于初夜、后夜勤修警寤呢?比丘在白天,以经行与静坐,从障碍法中净化其心;在初夜,以经行与静坐,从障碍法中净化其心;在中夜,右胁向下作狮子卧,双足重叠,正念正知,心中系念起身想;在后夜,起身之后,以经行与静坐,从障碍法中净化其心。诸比丘,比丘便是如此于初夜、后夜勤修警寤。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto hoti? Idha bhikkhu divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti, rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā, rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti. Evaṃ bhikkhu pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto hotī’’ti (vibha. 519).
“Ca”字表总集之义,以此总集接下来所要说的念等诸法之状态。“Assa”意为“可能如此”,即“会是”的意思。有些地方也读作“Jāgaro ca bhikkhu vihareyyā”。在一切时、一切处,皆不舍离业处,以正念不忘失而为具念者;以七处正知与四种正知的作用而为正知者。“Samāhito”:以近行定与安止定而成就定,达到心一境性。“Pamudito”:因见到修行的功德、不断证得更为殊胜的成就,以及见到精勤努力不会空费的功德,而生起欢悦,充满喜悦。“Vippasanno”:由此对于三学所摄的实修以及教导修行的导师,以坚固的信心而极为清净。“Sabbattha assā”的关联是:在一切情况下“可能如此”,或是“安住”。显示巴利原文
Casaddo sampiṇḍanattho, tena vakkhamāne satādibhāve sampiṇḍeti. Assāti siyā, bhaveyyāti attho. ‘‘Jāgaro ca bhikkhu vihareyyā’’ti ca paṭhanti. Sabbattha sabbadā ca kammaṭṭhānāvijahanavasena satiavippavāsena sato sampajānoti sattaṭṭhāniyassa catubbidhassapi sampajaññassa vasena sampajāno. Samāhitoti upacārasamādhinā appanāsamādhinā ca samāhito ekaggacitto. Pamuditoti paṭipattiyā ānisaṃsadassanena uttaruttari visesādhigamena vīriyārambhassa ca amoghabhāvadassanena pamudito pāmojjabahulo. Vippasannoti tato eva paṭipattibhūtāsu tīsu sikkhāsu paṭipattidesake ca satthari saddhābahulatāya suṭṭhu pasanno. Sabbattha assāti sambandho vihareyyāti vā.
其中,“于善法适时观察”的意思是:在那个时刻是观察者;或者说,对于那项业处的修习,能适时地观察,也就是随顺时机而作观察。这是在说什么呢?这是指:在建立起观之后,以聚思维等方式进行审察,避开七种不适合的住处等,亲近适合的环境,中途不陷于停顿,精勤策励自心,留意心得定的相状,持续不断地修习无常随观等。当观的心变得沉没时,便修习择法觉支、精进觉支、喜觉支这些善而无过失的觉支法;当心变得掉举时,便修习轻安觉支、定觉支、舍觉支这些善而无过失的觉支法。如此一来,在那个时刻,或是对于那项业处的修习,都能随顺时机而作观察。而念觉支则在一切情况下都应被运用。对此,确实有说过:‘诸比丘,我说念在任何情况下都是应该被运用的。’(《相应部》5.234;《弥兰陀王问经》2.1.13)到此为止,通过以人为核心的教导方式展现了警寤之后,接下来便阐明,是依靠哪些法而成就了这种警寤的修习。显示巴利原文
Tattha kālavipassī ca kusalesu dhammesūti tasmiṃ kāle vipassako, tattha vā kammaṭṭhānānuyoge kālavipassī kālānurūpaṃ vipassako. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā kalāpasammasanādivasena sammasanto āvāsādike satta asappāye vajjetvā sappāye sevanto antarā vosānaṃ anāpajjitvā pahitatto cittassa samāhitākāraṃ sallakkhento sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ aniccānupassanādiṃ pavattento yasmiṃ kāle vipassanācittaṃ līnaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ dhammavicayavīriyapītisaṅkhātesu, yasmiṃ pana kāle cittaṃ uddhataṃ hoti, tasmiṃ passaddhisamādhiupekkhāsaṅkhātesu kusalesu anavajjesu bojjhaṅgadhammesūti evaṃ tattha tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle, tasmiṃ vā kammaṭṭhānānuyoge kālānurūpaṃ vipassako assāti. Satisambojjhaṅgo pana sabbattheva icchitabbo . Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘satiñca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbatthikaṃ vadāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234; mi. pa. 2.1.13). Ettāvatā puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya jāgariyaṃ dassetvā yehi dhammehi jāgariyānuyogo sampajjati, te pakāseti.
世尊就这样简要地为已精进修观的比丘,连同那些助成法,开示了审察的方法。现在,为了显示如此修行者的修行不会落空,便开示说:“诸比丘,对于警寤的比丘……”等语。其中,在警寤的修习中,念与正知的作用是一切时处都适宜的,能带来欢悦与清净。而这里所说的“适时审察”,是指观智已经进入成熟阶段,就像胎儿已入胎成熟一样。因为,当观智远离了种种随烦恼,在修行道上清晰运作,变得锐利、勇猛地向前时,修行者便会生起殊胜的欢悦与清净。依靠这些,殊胜的证得便近在眼前。对于这一点,确实有如下说法:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā āraddhavipassakassa bhikkhuno saṅkhepeneva saddhiṃ upakārakadhammehi sammasanacāraṃ dassetvā idāni tathā paṭipajjantassa paṭipattiyā avañjhabhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘jāgarassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno’’tiādimāha. Tattha jāgariyānuyoge satisampajaññasamādānāni sabbatthakāni sammodapasādāvahāni, tattha kālavipassanā nāma vipassanāya gabbhaggahaṇaṃ paripākagataṃ. Upakkilesavimutte hi vīthipaṭipanne vipassanāñāṇe tikkhe sūre vahante yogino uḷāraṃ pāmojjaṃ pasādo ca hoti, tehi ca visesādhigamassa santikeyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ –
每当如理审察诸蕴的生灭时,
他便获得喜与欢悦——这就是智者所证悟的不死界。
充满欢悦的比丘,于佛陀教法具足净信;
他将证得寂静的境界,诸行寂灭的安乐。(《法句经》第374、381偈)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ; Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānataṃ. ‘‘Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasāsane; Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ, saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukha’’nti. (dha. pa. 374, 381);
在偈颂中,“你们警寤者,请听此”的意思是:我的这番话,完全是为了将你们从放逸的沉睡、无明的沉睡中唤醒。你们这些警寤者——也就是以念与正知等法的结合而精勤修习警寤的人,应当谛听。“沉睡者,应当觉醒”的意思是:那些因上述那种沉睡而睡着、陷入梦境中的人,你们应当通过精勤于警寤,汇集诸根、诸力、诸觉支,精进修习观,依不放逸的实践而从那种沉睡中觉醒;或者也可以说,“警寤者”即是指警寤正在发生。“请听此”中的“此”,是指什么话呢?就是指“沉睡者,应当觉醒”等开示。在这里,“沉睡者”是指那些因烦恼的沉睡而睡着的人,你们应当通过圣道的觉悟而觉醒。“从沉睡中醒来,保持警寤是更好的”,这句话是说明应当觉醒的理由。意思是:对于希求利益的善男子来说,从上述的沉睡中醒来,获得所说的那种警寤、那种觉醒,是更善、更值得赞叹、能带来利益与安乐的,因此你们应当觉醒。“对于警寤者,没有恐惧”,这是在开示其中的殊胜利益。意思是,如果有谁因为具备了信等警寤之法而成为警寤者、保持觉醒,不陷入放逸之沉睡,那么对他而言,显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu jāgarantā suṇāthetanti etaṃ mama vacanaṃ ekanteneva pamādaniddāya avijjāniddāya pabodhanatthaṃ jāgarantā satisampajaññādidhammasamāyogena jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā suṇātha. Ye suttā te pabujjhathāti ye yathāvuttaniddāya suttā supanaṃ upagatā, te tumhe jāgariyānuyogavasena indriyabalabojjhaṅge saṅkaḍḍhitvā vipassanaṃ ussukkāpentā appamādapaṭipattiyā tato pabujjhatha atha vā jāgarantāti jāgaranimittā. ‘‘Suṇātheta’’nti ettha ‘‘eta’’nti vuttaṃ, kiṃ taṃ vacananti āha ‘‘ye suttā te pabujjhathā’’tiādi. Tattha ye suttāti ye kilesaniddāya suttā, te tumhe ariyamaggapaṭibodhena pabujjhatha. Suttā jāgaritaṃ seyyoti idaṃ pabodhassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yasmā yathāvuttasupato vuttappakāraṃ jāgaritaṃ jāgaraṇaṃ atthakāmassa kulaputtassa seyyo pāsaṃsataro hitasukhāvaho, tasmā pabujjhatha. Natthi jāgarato bhayanti idaṃ tattha ānisaṃsadassanaṃ. Yo hi saddhādīhi jāgaraṇadhammehi samannāgamena jāgaro jaggati, pamādaniddaṃ na upagacchati, tassa attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayaṃ jātiādinimittaṃ sabbampi vaṭṭabhayaṃ natthi.
「适时」是指已获得住所适宜等条件的时机。「而」只是小品词。「如理全面审察正法」的意思是:以正确的方法,依能生起厌离、离染等的方式,全面地审察作为观之缘的三界一切法,即以一切方式修观。「已成一境者」:「一境」指单独成为最优而现起者,即是定。此一境已生起于心,便称为「已成一境者」,即具足此一境。此处“已生”一词,应如“火已被取”这类复合词一般,视作被修饰语。亦可解为已证得一境。在此,「一境」指圣道定;而“已入定”的“定”则涵盖基础禅那定与观定。另一种解释:「适时」亦可指圣道现起的时机;「如理全面审察正法」指以正智依遍知等现观,审察四圣谛法,以单一的现观彻悟;「已成一境者」:「一境」指唯一优胜、无伴而生起的精进,能成就四种作用,此精进已生起于心,即称「已成一境者」。余释如前。「应摧毁黑暗」的意思是说:如此修行的圣弟子,应当以阿拉汉道将黑暗毫无余留地摧毁。显示巴利原文
Kālenāti āvāsasappāyādīnaṃ laddhakālena. Soti nipātamattaṃ. Sammādhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamānoti vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtaṃ tebhūmakadhammaṃ sammā ñāyena yathā nibbindanavirajjanādayo sambhavanti, evaṃ parito vīmaṃsanto, sabbākārena vipassantoti attho. Ekodibhūtoti eko seṭṭho hutvā udetīti ekodi, samādhi. So ekodi bhūto jāto uppanno etassāti ekodibhūto. Aggiāhitādisaddānaṃ viya ettha bhūtasaddassa paravacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekodiṃ vā bhūto pattoti ekodibhūto. Ettha ca ekodīti maggasamādhi adhippeto, ‘‘samāhito’’ti ettha pana pādakajjhānasamādhinā saddhiṃ vipassanāsamādhi. Atha vā kālenāti maggapaṭivedhakālena. Sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamānoti sammadeva catusaccadhammaṃ pariññābhisamayādivasena vīmaṃsanto, ekābhisamayena abhisamento. Ekodibhūtoti eko seṭṭho asahāyo vā hutvā udetīti ekodi, catukiccasādhako sammappadhāno. So ekodi bhūto jātoti sabbaṃ purimasadisameva. Vihane tamaṃ soti so evaṃbhūto ariyasāvako arahattamaggena avijjātamaṃ anavasesato vihaneyya samucchindeyya.
世尊如此开示修行并非徒劳无功之后,为坚定地策励弟子,便说此结尾偈颂:“是故,确实……”其中,「是故」:因为警寤者以正念不失、不放逸等,令止观修习圆满,圣道次第显现,于其再无任何轮回之怖畏,故如是说。「确实」表示必定无疑、坚定。「当亲近」即是应当修习。如此亲近警寤、具足策励等功德的比丘,断除一切结缚之后,便能触证、获得那称为最胜果智的无上正觉。余如前说。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā paṭipattiyā amoghabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni tattha daḷhaṃ niyojento ‘‘tasmā have’’ti osānagāthamāha. Tattha tasmāti yasmā jāgarato satiavippavāsādinā samathavipassanābhāvanā pāripūriṃ gacchati, anukkamena ariyamaggo pātubhavati, tato cassa sabbaṃ vaṭṭabhayaṃ natthi, tasmā. Haveti ekaṃsena daḷhaṃ vā. Bhajethāti bhajeyya. Evaṃ jāgariyaṃ bhajanto ca ātāpibhāvādiguṇayutto bhikkhu saṃyojanāni bhinditvā aggaphalañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ anuttaraṃ uttararahitaṃ sambodhiṃ phuse pāpuṇeyya. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
第十一 堕地狱者经注释显示巴利原文
11. Āpāyikasuttavaṇṇanā
48 第四十八经中,「堕地狱者」指将生于恶趣者;「地狱生者」指将生于地狱者。「不舍此」的意思是:不舍弃接下来所说的两种恶行,亦不舍弃以那种方式实行、执取的身、语、意业及邪见。「非梵行者」:行最胜梵行者名为「梵行者」,或说行如梵天之最胜行者名为「梵行者」;反之则称「非梵行者」,意为伪装梵行的破戒者。「自称梵行者」指自许“我是梵行者”。「圆满」指无缺损、断裂等,完全具足。「清净」指无随烦恼,故为清净。「以无根」指离开见、闻、疑等举罪的根本,即没有这些举罪的理由。「以非梵行(非最胜行)诬蔑」某比丘者,意思是:他明知“这位比丘是清净的”,却以波罗夷罪来诬陷、毁损他,亦即指责、辱骂。显示巴利原文
48. Ekādasame āpāyikāti apāye nibbattissantīti āpāyikā. Tatthāpi niraye nibbattissantīti nerayikā. Idamappahāyāti idaṃ idāni vakkhamānaṃ duvidhaṃ pāpasamācāraṃ appajahitvā, tathāpaṭipattitathāpaggahaṇavasena pavattaṃ vācaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhiñca appaṭinissajjitvāti attho. Abrahmacārīti brahmaseṭṭhaṃ caratīti brahmacārī, brahmā vā seṭṭho ācāro etassa atthīti brahmacārī, na brahmacārīti abrahmacārī, brahmacāripaṭirūpako dussīloti attho. Brahmacāripaṭiññoti ‘‘brahmacārī aha’’nti evaṃpaṭiñño. Paripuṇṇanti akhaṇḍādibhāvena avikalaṃ. Parisuddhanti upakkilesābhāvena parisuddhaṃ. Amūlakenāti diṭṭhādimūlavirahitena, diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ parisaṅkitanti imehi codanāmūlehi vajjitena. Abrahmacariyena aseṭṭhacariyena. Anuddhaṃsetīti ‘‘parisuddho aya’’nti jānantova pārājikavatthunā dhaṃseti padhaṃseti, codeti akkosati vā.
在偈颂中,“说非真实者”指没有见到他人的过失,却凭空捏造不实之语、以妄语诬谤他人者。“作了已”指有人造了恶业之后,却说“那不是我做的”。这两种人死后都变得一样,意思是:这两种人从此世前往他世之后,同样投生于地狱,因此在趣处上相同。这里只是确定了他们的去向,并未确定寿命的长短。因为造恶业多者,在地狱中长久受苦;造恶业少者,受苦的时间则很短。然而,由于这两种人的业都是低劣的,所以偈中说:“这些人在他世成为低劣业的人”。而“在他世”一词与前文的“死后”相连,意谓:在他世,即从今生死后往生那里之后,他们同样成为低劣业的人。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu abhūtavādīti parassa dosaṃ adisvāva abhūtena tucchena musāvādaṃ katvā paraṃ abbhācikkhanto. Katvāti yo vā pana pāpakammaṃ katvā ‘‘nāhaṃ etaṃ karomī’’ti āha. Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavantīti te ubhopi janā ito paralokaṃ gantvā nirayaṃ upagamanato gatiyā samānā bhavanti. Tattha gatiyeva nesaṃ paricchinnā, na pana āyu. Bahuñhi pāpaṃ katvā ciraṃ niraye paccati, parittaṃ katvā appamattakameva kālaṃ. Yasmā pana tesaṃ ubhinnampi kammaṃ lāmakameva. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nihīnakammā manujā paratthā’’ti. ‘‘Paratthā’’ti pana padassa purato ‘‘peccā’’ti padena sambandho – parattha pecca ito gantvā te nihīnakammā samā bhavantīti.
世尊这样从诬谤不实和掩盖真实过失的角度,开示妄语的果报后,为了激励在场的众多恶比丘,显示恶行的果报,便宣说了两首偈颂。其中,“袈裟缠颈者”指用染成黄色的袈裟布缠裹颈项的人。“恶法者”指具有恶劣品行者。“不调伏者”指身等没有律仪的人。这类恶人因恶业而投生,必如《相应部·相经》等所说:“他的身体炽燃、燃烧,化为火焰,他的僧伽帝也炽燃……”那样,遭受极大的苦痛。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā abhūtabbhakkhānavasena bhūtadosapaṭicchādanavasena ca pavattassa musāvādassa vipākaṃ dassetvā idāni tasmiṃ ṭhāne nisinnānaṃ bahūnaṃ pāpabhikkhūnaṃ duccaritakammassa vipākadassanena saṃvejanatthaṃ dve gāthā abhāsi. Tattha kāsāvakaṇṭhāti kasāvarasapītattā kāsāvena vatthena paliveṭhitakaṇṭhā. Pāpadhammāti lāmakadhammā. Asaññatāti kāyādīhi saññamarahitā. Pāpāti tathārūpā pāpapuggalā, pāpehi kammehi upapajjitvā ‘‘tassa kāyopi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, saṅghāṭipi ādittā’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 2.218-219; pārā. 230) lakkhaṇasaṃyutte vuttanayena mahādukkhaṃ anubhavantiyeva.
第三首偈颂的简要意思是:若有破戒之人、无戒之人,身等不调御,自称“我是沙门”,接受国民以信心布施的国食而食用,那么他所吃的,还不如吞下一颗烧得通红、火球般炽热的铁丸来得更好、更殊胜。为什么呢?因为吞下铁丸,充其量只是这一世的身体被烧灼;而破戒者食用了信施之后,将在百生乃至更多生中,持续在地狱中受生。显示巴利原文
Tatiyagāthāya ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – yañce bhuñjeyya dussīlo nissīlapuggalo kāyādīhi asaññato raṭṭhavāsīhi saddhāya dinnaṃ yaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ ‘‘samaṇomhī’’ti paṭijānanto gahetvā bhuñjeyya, tato āditto aggivaṇṇo ayoguḷova bhutto seyyo sundarataro. Kiṃkāraṇā? Tappaccayā hissa ekova attabhāvo jhāyeyya, dussīlo pana hutvā saddhādeyyaṃ bhuñjitvā anekānipi jātisatāni niraye uppajjeyyāti.
第十二《见经》的注释显示巴利原文
12. Diṭṭhigatasuttavaṇṇanā
49 在第十二经中,“以两种恶见”:此处的“恶见”即见本身,犹如“粪所成、尿所成”(gūthagataṃ muttagataṃ)等用例。或者,由于执取之相的空无,这些见只是被执持的状态,故称为“恶见”。由这两种恶见而“被缠缚”,指被征服或被障碍;因为“缠缚”一词也有障碍的意思,如“盗贼在路上缠缚”(corā magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsū)等用例。“天”指化生诸天。他们以殊胜的五欲功德与禅那等作游戏,或以神通力随心达成目标、获得所欲,故名为天。“人”则因意根增盛而得名,这也是依显著含义而说,如同“天人师”之称。“停滞于此”指某些天、人,以“我及世界是常”这样对有停滞、有执著的常见,退缩、附着、蜷缩,不能从中出离。“奔驰”指对于从究竟义上看虽各自具有自性、但以因果方式相关联的那些法,不把握其因果关系,反而执取种种分别,从而四处奔驰,所以他们以“我及世界断灭,死后不再存在”的断见,或以排斥诸行的有灭之道,而奔驰、超越。“而有眼者见”中,“而”字表示区别。然而显示巴利原文
49. Dvādasame dvīhi diṭṭhigatehīti ettha diṭṭhiyova diṭṭhigatāni ‘‘gūthagataṃ muttagata’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 9.11) viya. Gahitākārasuññatāya vā diṭṭhīnaṃ gatamattānīti diṭṭhigatāni, tehi diṭṭhigatehi. Pariyuṭṭhitāti abhibhūtā palibuddhā vā. Palibodhattho vāpi hi pariyuṭṭhānasaddo ‘‘corā magge pariyuṭṭhiṃsū’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 430) viya. Devāti upapattidevā. Te hi dibbanti uḷāratamehi kāmaguṇehi jhānādīhi ca kīḷanti, iddhānubhāvena vā yathicchitamatthaṃ gacchanti adhigacchantīti ca devāti vuccanti. Manassa ussannattā manussā, ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti. Olīyanti eketi ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti bhavesu olīyanābhinivesabhūtena sassatabhāvena ekacce devā manussā ca avalīyanti allīyanti saṅkocaṃ āpajjanti, na tato nissaranti. Atidhāvantīti paramatthato bhinnasabhāvānampi sabhāvadhammānaṃ yvāyaṃ hetuphalabhāvena sambandho, taṃ aggahetvā nānattanayassapi gahaṇena tattha tattheva dhāvanti, tasmā ‘‘ucchijjati attā ca loko ca, na hoti paraṃ maraṇā’’ti ucchede vā bhavanirodhapaṭipattiyā paṭikkhepadhammataṃ atidhāvanti atikkamanti. Cakkhumanto ca passantīti casaddo byatireke. Pubbayogasampattiyā ñāṇaparipākena paññācakkhumanto pana devamanussā teneva paññācakkhunā sassataṃ ucchedañca antadvayaṃ anupagamma majjhimapaṭipattidassanena paccakkhaṃ karonti. Te hi ‘‘nāmarūpamattamidaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, tasmā na sassataṃ, nāpi ucchijjatī’’ti aviparītato passanti.
为从补特伽罗的角度开示退缩等义,世尊说:“诸比丘,如何”等。其中,“有”指欲有、色有、无色有。又有三种有:想有、无想有、非想非非想有。另有三种有:一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有。以这些有而游戏、欢喜的,称为“有游戏者”。于有中喜乐、极喜乐的,称为“有喜乐者”。于有中极悦意的,称为“有极欢喜者”。“为有之灭”就是为了那些有的彻底灭尽,令不再生。“于所说法”指如来所开示的导出法被宣说时。“不投入”指因执著常见、心被束缩,而不进入、不深入。“不信”指不生信,不相信它。“不安住”指于彼教法中不立足、不决意。如此,以常见的执著而停滞于诸有之中。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ olīyanādike puggalādhiṭṭhānena uddisituṃ ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha bhavāti kāmabhavo, rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo. Aparepi tayo bhavā saññībhavo, asaññībhavo, nevasaññīnāsaññībhavo. Aparepi tayo bhavā ekavokārabhavo, catuvokārabhavo, pañcavokārabhavoti. Etehi bhavehi āramanti abhinandantīti bhavārāmā. Bhavesu ratā abhiratāti bhavaratā. Bhavesu suṭṭhu muditāti bhavasammuditā. Bhavanirodhāyāti tesaṃ bhavānaṃ accantanirodhāya anuppādanatthāya. Dhamme desiyamāneti tathāgatappavedite niyyānikadhamme vuccamāne. Na pakkhandatīti sassatābhiniviṭṭhattā saṃkhittadhammattā na pavisati na ogāhati. Na pasīdatīti pasādaṃ nāpajjati na taṃ saddahati. Na santiṭṭhatīti tassaṃ desanāyaṃ na tiṭṭhati nādhimuccati. Evaṃ sassatato abhinivisanena bhavesu olīyanti.
“迫恼”指见到有中的老、病、死等,以及杀害、捆绑、割截等,由惊惧而与他们相应,受到有本身的逼迫,感到痛苦、不乐。“羞惭、厌嫌”指羞耻、厌恶,犹如对不净而起嫌恶。“非有”即断灭。“欢喜”指以贪爱与邪见的欢喜而执著、喜悦。“从何时,尊者”等是显示他们欢喜的方式。其中,“从何时”指当……时,“尊者”是呼格。“此我”指以作者等身份虚妄计度的我。“断灭”即被灭尽。“破坏”即不显现,归于破坏、无有。“死后不再有”指死之后便不再有。“那是寂静的”指此自我的断灭等,因为是一切有的寂灭、一切热恼的寂灭,所以寂静;因为寂静,所以殊胜;因为如实而不颠倒,所以真实。此中,“寂静、殊胜”二者是依贪爱欢喜而说,“真实”是依邪见欢喜而说。“如是”即依如上所说的断灭执著。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭīyamānāti bhave jarārogamaraṇādīni vadhabandhanacchedanādīni ca disvā saṃvijjanena tehi samaṅgibhāvena bhavena pīḷiyamānā dukkhāpiyamānā. Harāyamānāti lajjamānā jigucchamānāti paṭikūlato dahantā. Vibhavanti ucchedaṃ. Abhinandantīti taṇhādiṭṭhābhinandanāhi ajjhosāya nandanti. Yatokirabhotiādi tesaṃ abhinandanākāradassanaṃ. Tattha yatoti yadā. Bhoti ālapanaṃ. Ayaṃ attāti kārakādibhāvena attanā parikappitaṃ sandhāya vadati. Ucchijjatīti upacchijjati. Vinassatīti na dissati, vināsaṃ abhāvaṃ gacchati. Na hoti paraṃ maraṇāti maraṇena uddhaṃ na bhavati. Etaṃ santanti yadetaṃ attano ucchedādi, etaṃ sabbabhavavūpasamato sabbasantāpavūpasamato ca santaṃ, santattā eva paṇītaṃ, tacchāviparītabhāvato yāthāvaṃ. Tattha ‘‘santaṃ paṇīta’’nti idaṃ dvayaṃ taṇhābhinandanāya vadanti, ‘‘yāthāva’’nti diṭṭhābhinandanāya. Evanti evaṃ yathāvuttaucchedābhinivesanena.
「真实」指五蕴。由于它由缘所生,且从究竟义上存在,故称为「真实」。因此说:“诸比丘,你们应观这真实。”他以真实、不颠倒的自性,从自相、共相而观察。因为这五蕴只是名色。其中,他这样观察:“这些地等法是色,这些触等法是名,这些是它们的自相等,这些是无明等它们的缘”——如此,以见有缘的名色而观察;以及“所有这些法,未生而生,已生而灭,故无常;无常故苦;苦故无我”——如此,以无常随观等而观察,这就是它的义理。至此,显示了羸弱观之终,显示了观地。「为厌离」即是为了厌离那称为真实的三界诸法之集,以此显示强观。「为离贪」即是为了离贪、为了不染着,以此显示道。「为灭」即是为了灭尽,这也显示道,或者表示与寂灭止息一同的无余涅槃。「诸比丘,有眼者如是见」是说,这样具足慧眼者,以道前分之慧眼,照见四谛法。显示巴利原文
Bhūtanti khandhapañcakaṃ. Tañhi paccayasambhūtattā paramatthato vijjamānattā ca bhūtanti vuccati. Tenāha ‘‘bhūtamidaṃ, bhikkhave, samanupassathā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.401). Bhūtato aviparītasabhāvato salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca passati. Idañhi khandhapañcakaṃ nāmarūpamattaṃ. Tattha ‘‘ime pathavīādayo dhammā rūpaṃ, ime phassādayo dhammā nāmaṃ, imāni nesaṃ lakkhaṇādīni, ime nesaṃ avijjādayo paccayā’’ti evaṃ sapaccayanāmarūpadassanavasena ceva, ‘‘sabbepime dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventi, tasmā aniccā, aniccattā dukkhā, dukkhattā anattā’’ti evaṃ aniccānupassanādivasena ca passatīti attho. Ettāvatā taruṇavipassanāpariyosānā vipassanābhūmi dassitā. Nibbidāyāti bhūtasaṅkhātassa tebhūmakadhammajātassa nibbindanatthāya, etena balavavipassanaṃ dasseti. Virāgāyāti virāgatthaṃ virajjanatthaṃ, iminā maggaṃ dasseti. Nirodhāyāti nirujjhanatthaṃ, imināpi maggameva dasseti. Nirodhāyāti vā paṭippassaddhinirodhena saddhiṃ anupādisesanibbānaṃ dasseti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cakkhumanto passantīti evaṃ paññācakkhumanto sapubbabhāgena maggapaññācakkhunā catusaccadhammaṃ passanti.
于偈颂中,「凡见真实为真实已」是指那些圣弟子,以与观慧俱行的道慧,依不颠倒的自性见五蕴真实,以此显示遍知现观。「真实之超越」显示修习现观,因为圣道超越真实,或由彼而超越,故称为「真实之超越」。「于如义界中解脱」是指于不颠倒的、以谛为自性的涅槃中决了,以此显示证现观。「由有渴爱之遍尽」是指由对有渴爱一切皆除遣、令断尽,以此显示集断。显示巴利原文
Gāthāsu ye bhūtaṃ bhūtato disvāti ye ariyasāvakā bhūtaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ bhūtato aviparītasabhāvato vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya disvā. Etena pariññābhisamayaṃ dasseti. Bhūtassa ca atikkamanti bhāvanābhisamayaṃ. Ariyamaggo hi bhūtaṃ atikkamati etenāti ‘‘bhūtassa atikkamo’’ti vutto. Yathābhūteti aviparītasaccasabhāve nibbāne. Vimuccanti adhimuccanti, etena sacchikiriyābhisamayaṃ dasseti. Bhavataṇhāparikkhayāti bhavataṇhāya sabbaso khepanā samucchindanato, etena samudayappahānaṃ dasseti.
在‘他,那遍知真实者’句中,「他」只是小品词。那遍知真实者,依超越真实的方便——道,由有渴爱之遍尽,已遍知诸蕴,即于如实涅槃中得以信解。「于有、非有」是指对于微细和广大的有,或对于断见等见,已离渴爱、已断烦恼。比丘对那称为取蕴的有身之无有,于未来不再生起,不再来后有,唯入于不可施设的状态——这是以无余涅槃界作为说法之归结。显示巴利原文
Save bhūtapariñño soti ettha pana saveti nipātamattaṃ. So bhūtapariñño bhūtassa atikkamanūpāyena maggena bhavataṇhāparikkhayā pariññātakkhandho tato eva yathābhūte nibbāne adhimutto. Bhavābhaveti khuddake ceva mahante ca, ucchedādidassane vā vītataṇho bhinnakileso. Bhikkhu bhūtassa upādānakkhandhasaṅkhātassa attabhāvassa vibhavā, āyatiṃ anuppādā punabbhavaṃ nāgacchati, apaññattikabhāvameva gacchatīti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
当知:于此品中,第十一经宣说了轮转,第三、第四、第五及末经宣说了轮转与还灭,其余诸经则唯是还灭。显示巴利原文
Iti imasmiṃ vagge ekādasame vaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ, tatiyacatutthapañcamesu pariyosānasutte ca vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ, sesesu vivaṭṭamevāti veditabbaṃ.